WO2013181697A1 - Bicyclo[6.1.0]non-4-yne compounds suitable for use as linkers in biological applications - Google Patents
Bicyclo[6.1.0]non-4-yne compounds suitable for use as linkers in biological applications Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2013181697A1 WO2013181697A1 PCT/AU2013/000591 AU2013000591W WO2013181697A1 WO 2013181697 A1 WO2013181697 A1 WO 2013181697A1 AU 2013000591 W AU2013000591 W AU 2013000591W WO 2013181697 A1 WO2013181697 A1 WO 2013181697A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- substituted
- optionally
- group
- alkyl
- formula
- Prior art date
Links
- QDNSAFCVPAMWCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N bicyclo[6.1.0]non-4-yne Chemical class C1CC#CCCC2CC21 QDNSAFCVPAMWCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 title 1
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 claims abstract description 202
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 72
- -1 hydrazide Chemical compound 0.000 claims abstract description 59
- 125000005647 linker group Chemical group 0.000 claims abstract description 57
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 52
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 51
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 297
- 125000003342 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 140
- 125000000392 cycloalkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 135
- 125000000304 alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 130
- 125000000753 cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 95
- 239000002096 quantum dot Substances 0.000 claims description 95
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 72
- 125000001072 heteroaryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 70
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 64
- 125000006652 (C3-C12) cycloalkyl group Chemical class 0.000 claims description 50
- 229910052736 halogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 50
- 150000002367 halogens Chemical class 0.000 claims description 50
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 44
- 125000004404 heteroalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 36
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 claims description 34
- 125000000592 heterocycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 26
- 125000003545 alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 24
- 125000000717 hydrazino group Chemical group [H]N([*])N([H])[H] 0.000 claims description 24
- 125000004400 (C1-C12) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 22
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 21
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 claims description 20
- 125000004366 heterocycloalkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 20
- 125000003302 alkenyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 18
- 125000005133 alkynyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 18
- 125000004465 cycloalkenyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 17
- 125000000000 cycloalkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 17
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 17
- 125000004104 aryloxy group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 15
- 125000001188 haloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 15
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 claims description 15
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 claims description 15
- 125000003282 alkyl amino group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 14
- 125000000876 trifluoromethoxy group Chemical group FC(F)(F)O* 0.000 claims description 14
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 claims description 13
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 13
- 125000002023 trifluoromethyl group Chemical group FC(F)(F)* 0.000 claims description 13
- 229910006069 SO3H Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 11
- 239000002105 nanoparticle Substances 0.000 claims description 11
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 claims description 11
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 claims description 11
- 125000000020 sulfo group Chemical group O=S(=O)([*])O[H] 0.000 claims description 11
- MDFFNEOEWAXZRQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N aminyl Chemical compound [NH2] MDFFNEOEWAXZRQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 10
- 125000004786 difluoromethoxy group Chemical group [H]C(F)(F)O* 0.000 claims description 9
- 125000002355 alkine group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 8
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 claims description 7
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 claims description 7
- 229910052705 radium Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 7
- 229910052701 rubidium Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 7
- 125000002877 alkyl aryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 5
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 claims description 5
- 125000001559 cyclopropyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])* 0.000 claims description 5
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000004641 (C1-C12) haloalkyl group Chemical class 0.000 claims description 2
- UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen Chemical compound [H][H] UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 101000986989 Naja kaouthia Acidic phospholipase A2 CM-II Proteins 0.000 claims 8
- 150000002431 hydrogen Chemical class 0.000 claims 3
- 229910052698 phosphorus Inorganic materials 0.000 claims 2
- XXJGBENTLXFVFI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-amino-methylene Chemical compound N[CH2] XXJGBENTLXFVFI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 1
- 239000011324 bead Substances 0.000 claims 1
- ZPWOOKQUDFIEIX-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclooctyne Chemical compound C1CCCC#CCC1 ZPWOOKQUDFIEIX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 abstract description 28
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 abstract description 18
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 abstract description 17
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 abstract description 16
- 125000003277 amino group Chemical group 0.000 abstract description 15
- 125000002344 aminooxy group Chemical group [H]N([H])O[*] 0.000 abstract description 12
- PWEBUXCTKOWPCW-UHFFFAOYSA-L squarate Chemical compound [O-]C1=C([O-])C(=O)C1=O PWEBUXCTKOWPCW-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 abstract description 12
- XEVRDFDBXJMZFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N carbonyl dihydrazine Chemical compound NNC(=O)NN XEVRDFDBXJMZFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 abstract description 11
- DUIOPKIIICUYRZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N semicarbazide Chemical compound NNC(N)=O DUIOPKIIICUYRZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 abstract description 11
- 239000007819 coupling partner Substances 0.000 abstract description 6
- 238000003384 imaging method Methods 0.000 abstract description 5
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 52
- 239000002585 base Substances 0.000 description 45
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 description 36
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanol Chemical compound OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 34
- XEEYBQQBJWHFJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N iron Substances [Fe] XEEYBQQBJWHFJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 33
- ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethylamine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CC ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 31
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 description 28
- ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Dimethylformamide Chemical compound CN(C)C=O ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 27
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 26
- 239000000975 dye Substances 0.000 description 25
- HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[Na+] HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 24
- 230000021615 conjugation Effects 0.000 description 24
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 23
- 239000012581 transferrin Substances 0.000 description 22
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 20
- 102000004338 Transferrin Human genes 0.000 description 19
- 108090000901 Transferrin Proteins 0.000 description 19
- 125000004429 atom Chemical group 0.000 description 18
- YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dichloromethane Chemical compound ClCCl YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 17
- HEDRZPFGACZZDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chloroform Chemical compound ClC(Cl)Cl HEDRZPFGACZZDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 16
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical class [H]* 0.000 description 16
- JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyridine Chemical compound C1=CC=NC=C1 JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 14
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 13
- 125000002485 formyl group Chemical class [H]C(*)=O 0.000 description 13
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 13
- GSNUFIFRDBKVIE-UHFFFAOYSA-N DMF Natural products CC1=CC=C(C)O1 GSNUFIFRDBKVIE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethylsulphoxide Chemical compound CS(C)=O IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- JGFZNNIVVJXRND-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Diisopropylethylamine (DIPEA) Chemical compound CCN(C(C)C)C(C)C JGFZNNIVVJXRND-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- KWYUFKZDYYNOTN-UHFFFAOYSA-M Potassium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[K+] KWYUFKZDYYNOTN-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 12
- UAOMVDZJSHZZME-UHFFFAOYSA-N diisopropylamine Chemical compound CC(C)NC(C)C UAOMVDZJSHZZME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 12
- 125000005553 heteroaryloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 12
- VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-Hexane Chemical class CCCCCC VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 12
- PAYRUJLWNCNPSJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Aniline Chemical compound NC1=CC=CC=C1 PAYRUJLWNCNPSJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- IVRMZWNICZWHMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N azide group Chemical group [N-]=[N+]=[N-] IVRMZWNICZWHMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 150000001540 azides Chemical class 0.000 description 10
- 125000000468 ketone group Chemical group 0.000 description 10
- 125000004430 oxygen atom Chemical group O* 0.000 description 10
- 239000007858 starting material Substances 0.000 description 10
- XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl acetate Chemical compound CCOC(C)=O XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 238000005481 NMR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 9
- 238000004128 high performance liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 9
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 9
- NQRYJNQNLNOLGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Piperidine Chemical compound C1CCNCC1 NQRYJNQNLNOLGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sodium Carbonate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]C([O-])=O CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 8
- UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium bicarbonate Chemical compound [Na+].OC([O-])=O UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 8
- 229910052784 alkaline earth metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 8
- FJDQFPXHSGXQBY-UHFFFAOYSA-L caesium carbonate Chemical compound [Cs+].[Cs+].[O-]C([O-])=O FJDQFPXHSGXQBY-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 8
- 125000005842 heteroatom Chemical group 0.000 description 8
- OAKJQQAXSVQMHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydrazine group Chemical group NN OAKJQQAXSVQMHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- SCVFZCLFOSHCOH-UHFFFAOYSA-M potassium acetate Chemical compound [K+].CC([O-])=O SCVFZCLFOSHCOH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 8
- BWHMMNNQKKPAPP-UHFFFAOYSA-L potassium carbonate Chemical compound [K+].[K+].[O-]C([O-])=O BWHMMNNQKKPAPP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 8
- 125000006239 protecting group Chemical group 0.000 description 8
- 239000011541 reaction mixture Substances 0.000 description 8
- 235000011121 sodium hydroxide Nutrition 0.000 description 8
- 125000004169 (C1-C6) alkyl group Chemical class 0.000 description 7
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 7
- 238000004440 column chromatography Methods 0.000 description 7
- 239000007850 fluorescent dye Substances 0.000 description 7
- 229940022353 herceptin Drugs 0.000 description 7
- 229910052740 iodine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 7
- 125000000896 monocarboxylic acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 239000002159 nanocrystal Substances 0.000 description 7
- UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridine Natural products COC1=CC=CN=C1 UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 238000006862 quantum yield reaction Methods 0.000 description 7
- 229960000575 trastuzumab Drugs 0.000 description 7
- 125000003710 aryl alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 229910052794 bromium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 6
- 125000004446 heteroarylalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 150000002576 ketones Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 238000002372 labelling Methods 0.000 description 6
- 229910052943 magnesium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 6
- 125000004433 nitrogen atom Chemical group N* 0.000 description 6
- 239000000523 sample Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 6
- 125000004434 sulfur atom Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 102100023078 Early endosome antigen 1 Human genes 0.000 description 5
- 125000002252 acyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000027455 binding Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 description 5
- 229910052731 fluorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 238000004949 mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 5
- 125000002950 monocyclic group Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 108020004707 nucleic acids Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 102000039446 nucleic acids Human genes 0.000 description 5
- 150000007523 nucleic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 102000004196 processed proteins & peptides Human genes 0.000 description 5
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 125000006413 ring segment Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 238000010183 spectrum analysis Methods 0.000 description 5
- NXLNNXIXOYSCMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N (4-nitrophenyl) carbonochloridate Chemical compound [O-][N+](=O)C1=CC=C(OC(Cl)=O)C=C1 NXLNNXIXOYSCMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 238000005160 1H NMR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 4
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 102100025222 CD63 antigen Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 101000934368 Homo sapiens CD63 antigen Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 101001012157 Homo sapiens Receptor tyrosine-protein kinase erbB-2 Proteins 0.000 description 4
- CSNNHWWHGAXBCP-UHFFFAOYSA-L Magnesium sulfate Chemical compound [Mg+2].[O-][S+2]([O-])([O-])[O-] CSNNHWWHGAXBCP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 4
- 229930040373 Paraformaldehyde Natural products 0.000 description 4
- 102100030086 Receptor tyrosine-protein kinase erbB-2 Human genes 0.000 description 4
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- VMHLLURERBWHNL-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium acetate Chemical compound [Na+].CC([O-])=O VMHLLURERBWHNL-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- DTQVDTLACAAQTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Trifluoroacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(F)(F)F DTQVDTLACAAQTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 238000010958 [3+2] cycloaddition reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- SNDKBJOWDLVWTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N [F].[N-]=[N+]=[N-] Chemical compound [F].[N-]=[N+]=[N-] SNDKBJOWDLVWTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 150000001242 acetic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 150000001298 alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 125000003172 aldehyde group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 150000005325 alkali earth metal hydroxides Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 125000004183 alkoxy alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 125000004103 aminoalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 239000000010 aprotic solvent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 125000005018 aryl alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 125000004391 aryl sulfonyl group Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 229910000024 caesium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 150000004649 carbonic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 229940043279 diisopropylamine Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 235000019439 ethyl acetate Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 238000001502 gel electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 4
- 150000004676 glycans Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 125000005885 heterocycloalkylalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 4
- 125000000956 methoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])O* 0.000 description 4
- 238000012544 monitoring process Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000012044 organic layer Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229920002866 paraformaldehyde Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 125000003367 polycyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 235000011056 potassium acetate Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 239000011736 potassium bicarbonate Substances 0.000 description 4
- 235000015497 potassium bicarbonate Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 229910000028 potassium bicarbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 229910000027 potassium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 235000011181 potassium carbonates Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- TYJJADVDDVDEDZ-UHFFFAOYSA-M potassium hydrogencarbonate Chemical compound [K+].OC([O-])=O TYJJADVDDVDEDZ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- 229940086066 potassium hydrogencarbonate Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 235000011118 potassium hydroxide Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 description 4
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000001632 sodium acetate Substances 0.000 description 4
- 235000017281 sodium acetate Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 229910000030 sodium bicarbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 235000017557 sodium bicarbonate Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 229910000029 sodium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 238000004809 thin layer chromatography Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000001644 13C nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 3
- KIAPWMKFHIKQOZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[[(4-fluorophenyl)-oxomethyl]amino]benzoic acid methyl ester Chemical compound COC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1NC(=O)C1=CC=C(F)C=C1 KIAPWMKFHIKQOZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- JCEZOHLWDIONSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-[2-[2-(3-aminopropoxy)ethoxy]ethoxy]propan-1-amine Chemical compound NCCCOCCOCCOCCCN JCEZOHLWDIONSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7553-56-2 Chemical compound [I] ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- HBAQYPYDRFILMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 8-[3-(1-cyclopropylpyrazol-4-yl)-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-d]pyrimidin-5-yl]-3-methyl-3,8-diazabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-2-one Chemical class C1(CC1)N1N=CC(=C1)C1=NNC2=C1N=C(N=C2)N1C2C(N(CC1CC2)C)=O HBAQYPYDRFILMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetone Chemical compound CC(C)=O CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetonitrile Chemical compound CC#N WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000012109 Alexa Fluor 568 Substances 0.000 description 3
- BTBUEUYNUDRHOZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Borate Chemical compound [O-]B([O-])[O-] BTBUEUYNUDRHOZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 0 CCOC(NCCCOCCOCCOCCCNC(C*C)=O)=O Chemical compound CCOC(NCCCOCCOCCOCCCNC(C*C)=O)=O 0.000 description 3
- KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Carbamate Chemical compound NC([O-])=O KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical group [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-WFGJKAKNSA-N Dimethyl sulfoxide Chemical compound [2H]C([2H])([2H])S(=O)C([2H])([2H])[2H] IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-WFGJKAKNSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000001327 Förster resonance energy transfer Methods 0.000 description 3
- 102100041003 Glutamate carboxypeptidase 2 Human genes 0.000 description 3
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerine Chemical compound OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 101001050162 Homo sapiens Early endosome antigen 1 Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 101000892862 Homo sapiens Glutamate carboxypeptidase 2 Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 241000699666 Mus <mouse, genus> Species 0.000 description 3
- NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfur Chemical compound [S] NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000004442 acylamino group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000001931 aliphatic group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000005213 alkyl heteroaryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000004644 alkyl sulfinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000004390 alkyl sulfonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000004397 aminosulfonyl group Chemical group NS(=O)(=O)* 0.000 description 3
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 3
- 125000002102 aryl alkyloxo group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000001769 aryl amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical compound [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 3
- XSCHRSMBECNVNS-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzopyrazine Natural products N1=CC=NC2=CC=CC=C21 XSCHRSMBECNVNS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000002619 bicyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 239000011203 carbon fibre reinforced carbon Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000001316 cycloalkyl alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000005356 cycloalkylalkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- VILAVOFMIJHSJA-UHFFFAOYSA-N dicarbon monoxide Chemical compound [C]=C=O VILAVOFMIJHSJA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 108010037434 early endosome antigen 1 Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 238000005538 encapsulation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 3
- 125000001301 ethoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])O* 0.000 description 3
- 230000005284 excitation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000000706 filtrate Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000000684 flow cytometry Methods 0.000 description 3
- 125000000262 haloalkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000000232 haloalkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000005843 halogen group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000004447 heteroarylalkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000000623 heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 229940088597 hormone Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 239000005556 hormone Substances 0.000 description 3
- RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N imidazole Natural products C1=CNC=N1 RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000011534 incubation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000011630 iodine Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000010410 layer Substances 0.000 description 3
- 150000002632 lipids Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 230000004807 localization Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000011859 microparticle Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229930014626 natural product Natural products 0.000 description 3
- 230000003647 oxidation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000007254 oxidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229920001481 poly(stearyl methacrylate) Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 229920001282 polysaccharide Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000005017 polysaccharide Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229920006395 saturated elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 238000001542 size-exclusion chromatography Methods 0.000 description 3
- 150000003384 small molecules Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 238000010186 staining Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000003756 stirring Methods 0.000 description 3
- LOVPHSMOAVXQIH-UHFFFAOYSA-M (4-nitrophenyl) carbonate Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)OC1=CC=C([N+]([O-])=O)C=C1 LOVPHSMOAVXQIH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 125000003088 (fluoren-9-ylmethoxy)carbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- FCEHBMOGCRZNNI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-benzothiophene Chemical group C1=CC=C2SC=CC2=C1 FCEHBMOGCRZNNI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HZAXFHJVJLSVMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Aminoethan-1-ol Chemical compound NCCO HZAXFHJVJLSVMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KMYXAURTWKXBMH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-azido-n-phenylacetamide Chemical compound [N-]=[N+]=NCC(=O)NC1=CC=CC=C1 KMYXAURTWKXBMH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DFSFLZCLKYZYRD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3,4-diethoxycyclobut-3-ene-1,2-dione Chemical compound CCOC1=C(OCC)C(=O)C1=O DFSFLZCLKYZYRD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QFVHZQCOUORWEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-[(4-anilino-5-sulfonaphthalen-1-yl)diazenyl]-5-hydroxynaphthalene-2,7-disulfonic acid Chemical compound C=12C(O)=CC(S(O)(=O)=O)=CC2=CC(S(O)(=O)=O)=CC=1N=NC(C1=CC=CC(=C11)S(O)(=O)=O)=CC=C1NC1=CC=CC=C1 QFVHZQCOUORWEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KDCGOANMDULRCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7H-purine Chemical compound N1=CNC2=NC=NC2=C1 KDCGOANMDULRCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UJOBWOGCFQCDNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 9H-carbazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C3=CC=CC=C3NC2=C1 UJOBWOGCFQCDNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NLXLAEXVIDQMFP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonia chloride Chemical compound [NH4+].[Cl-] NLXLAEXVIDQMFP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Bromine atom Chemical compound [Br] WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000283707 Capra Species 0.000 description 2
- 239000006144 Dulbecco’s modified Eagle's medium Substances 0.000 description 2
- JOYRKODLDBILNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl urethane Chemical compound CCOC(N)=O JOYRKODLDBILNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PXGOKWXKJXAPGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluorine Chemical compound FF PXGOKWXKJXAPGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Furan Chemical compound C=1C=COC=1 YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 101000766306 Homo sapiens Serotransferrin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- SIKJAQJRHWYJAI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Indole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NC=CC2=C1 SIKJAQJRHWYJAI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000699670 Mus sp. Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000283973 Oryctolagus cuniculus Species 0.000 description 2
- PCNDJXKNXGMECE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phenazine Natural products C1=CC=CC2=NC3=CC=CC=C3N=C21 PCNDJXKNXGMECE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KYQCOXFCLRTKLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrazine Chemical compound C1=CN=CC=N1 KYQCOXFCLRTKLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KAESVJOAVNADME-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrrole Chemical compound C=1C=CNC=1 KAESVJOAVNADME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SMWDFEZZVXVKRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Quinoline Chemical compound N1=CC=CC2=CC=CC=C21 SMWDFEZZVXVKRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YTPLMLYBLZKORZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Thiophene Chemical group C=1C=CSC=1 YTPLMLYBLZKORZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102100026144 Transferrin receptor protein 1 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- HEDRZPFGACZZDS-MICDWDOJSA-N Trichloro(2H)methane Chemical compound [2H]C(Cl)(Cl)Cl HEDRZPFGACZZDS-MICDWDOJSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000007983 Tris buffer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000002835 absorbance Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000010521 absorption reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000000862 absorption spectrum Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000002777 acetyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 2
- DZBUGLKDJFMEHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N acridine Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CC3=CC=CC=C3N=C21 DZBUGLKDJFMEHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ORILYTVJVMAKLC-UHFFFAOYSA-N adamantane Chemical compound C1C(C2)CC3CC1CC2C3 ORILYTVJVMAKLC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000000246 agarose gel electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 150000001345 alkine derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000004453 alkoxycarbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 150000003973 alkyl amines Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000004457 alkyl amino carbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000002947 alkylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000000956 alloy Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910045601 alloy Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 150000001408 amides Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- IOJUPLGTWVMSFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzothiazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2SC=NC2=C1 IOJUPLGTWVMSFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000003236 benzoyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 2
- 125000001584 benzyloxycarbonyl group Chemical group C(=O)(OCC1=CC=CC=C1)* 0.000 description 2
- 239000012267 brine Substances 0.000 description 2
- GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N bromine Substances BrBr GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VHRGRCVQAFMJIZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N cadaverine Chemical compound NCCCCCN VHRGRCVQAFMJIZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UHYPYGJEEGLRJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N cadmium(2+);selenium(2-) Chemical class [Se-2].[Cd+2] UHYPYGJEEGLRJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 150000001793 charged compounds Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 125000003636 chemical group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000007795 chemical reaction product Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000460 chlorine Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052801 chlorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 230000008045 co-localization Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000012043 crude product Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000004093 cyano group Chemical group *C#N 0.000 description 2
- 125000004122 cyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000000113 cyclohexyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- NNBZCPXTIHJBJL-UHFFFAOYSA-N decalin Chemical compound C1CCCC2CCCCC21 NNBZCPXTIHJBJL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000001212 derivatisation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000004663 dialkyl amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 210000001163 endosome Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- 238000001914 filtration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000000799 fluorescence microscopy Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000002189 fluorescence spectrum Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000011737 fluorine Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000002209 hydrophobic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000004356 hydroxy functional group Chemical group O* 0.000 description 2
- 125000002768 hydroxyalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000003834 intracellular effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- AWJUIBRHMBBTKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N isoquinoline Chemical compound C1=NC=CC2=CC=CC=C21 AWJUIBRHMBBTKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000003446 ligand Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000001819 mass spectrum Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000002073 nanorod Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000002070 nanowire Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000002825 nitriles Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000000449 nitro group Chemical group [O-][N+](*)=O 0.000 description 2
- QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N nitrogen group Chemical group [N] QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000037361 pathway Effects 0.000 description 2
- RDOWQLZANAYVLL-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenanthridine Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C3=CC=CC=C3C=NC2=C1 RDOWQLZANAYVLL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 2
- XNSAINXGIQZQOO-SRVKXCTJSA-N protirelin Chemical compound NC(=O)[C@@H]1CCCN1C(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H]1NC(=O)CC1)CC1=CN=CN1 XNSAINXGIQZQOO-SRVKXCTJSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000009257 reactivity Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229910052703 rhodium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000004065 semiconductor Substances 0.000 description 2
- RMAQACBXLXPBSY-UHFFFAOYSA-N silicic acid Chemical compound O[Si](O)(O)O RMAQACBXLXPBSY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000000377 silicon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000012239 silicon dioxide Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- HPALAKNZSZLMCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium;chloride;hydrate Chemical compound O.[Na+].[Cl-] HPALAKNZSZLMCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 239000011550 stock solution Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000000475 sulfinyl group Chemical group [*:2]S([*:1])=O 0.000 description 2
- 125000000472 sulfonyl group Chemical group *S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 description 2
- 239000011593 sulfur Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000005931 tert-butyloxycarbonyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(OC(*)=O)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 150000003852 triazoles Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N tris Chemical compound OCC(N)(CO)CO LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VQTBINYMFPKLQD-UHFFFAOYSA-N (2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl) 2-(3-hydroxy-6-oxoxanthen-9-yl)benzoate Chemical compound C=12C=CC(=O)C=C2OC2=CC(O)=CC=C2C=1C1=CC=CC=C1C(=O)ON1C(=O)CCC1=O VQTBINYMFPKLQD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000008 (C1-C10) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004890 (C1-C6) alkylamino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000006710 (C2-C12) alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000006711 (C2-C12) alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- CSNIZNHTOVFARY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-benzothiazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C=NSC2=C1 CSNIZNHTOVFARY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BCMCBBGGLRIHSE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-benzoxazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2OC=NC2=C1 BCMCBBGGLRIHSE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZNGWEEUXTBNKFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-oxazepane Chemical compound C1CNCCOC1 ZNGWEEUXTBNKFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FLBAYUMRQUHISI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,8-naphthyridine Chemical compound N1=CC=CC2=CC=CN=C21 FLBAYUMRQUHISI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AYDAHOIUHVUJHQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-(3',6'-dihydroxy-3-oxospiro[2-benzofuran-1,9'-xanthene]-5-yl)pyrrole-2,5-dione Chemical compound C=1C(O)=CC=C2C=1OC1=CC(O)=CC=C1C2(C1=CC=2)OC(=O)C1=CC=2N1C(=O)C=CC1=O AYDAHOIUHVUJHQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WJFKNYWRSNBZNX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 10H-phenothiazine Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NC3=CC=CC=C3SC2=C1 WJFKNYWRSNBZNX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- TZMSYXZUNZXBOL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 10H-phenoxazine Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NC3=CC=CC=C3OC2=C1 TZMSYXZUNZXBOL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HYZJCKYKOHLVJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1H-benzimidazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NC=NC2=C1 HYZJCKYKOHLVJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YBYIRNPNPLQARY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1H-indene Natural products C1=CC=C2CC=CC2=C1 YBYIRNPNPLQARY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VEPOHXYIFQMVHW-XOZOLZJESA-N 2,3-dihydroxybutanedioic acid (2S,3S)-3,4-dimethyl-2-phenylmorpholine Chemical compound OC(C(O)C(O)=O)C(O)=O.C[C@H]1[C@@H](OCCN1C)c1ccccc1 VEPOHXYIFQMVHW-XOZOLZJESA-N 0.000 description 1
- UBOKASXZHPZFRZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-phenyl-1h-indole-4,6-diamine Chemical compound N1C2=CC(N)=CC(N)=C2C=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 UBOKASXZHPZFRZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000094 2-phenylethyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004105 2-pyridyl group Chemical group N1=C([*])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000000175 2-thienyl group Chemical group S1C([*])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- VHMICKWLTGFITH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2H-isoindole Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CNC=C21 VHMICKWLTGFITH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UNBGLRHSQUHSSQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-[2-[2-(2-aminoethoxy)ethoxy]ethoxy]propyl carbamate Chemical compound C(N)(OCCCOCCOCCOCCN)=O UNBGLRHSQUHSSQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003349 3-pyridyl group Chemical group N1=C([H])C([*])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000001541 3-thienyl group Chemical group S1C([H])=C([*])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- FWBHETKCLVMNFS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4',6-Diamino-2-phenylindol Chemical compound C1=CC(C(=N)N)=CC=C1C1=CC2=CC=C(C(N)=N)C=C2N1 FWBHETKCLVMNFS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000339 4-pyridyl group Chemical group N1=C([H])C([H])=C([*])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- OVWSYOJEPPSVCU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-hydrazinylpyridine-3-carboxylic acid propan-2-ylidenehydrazine Chemical compound CC(C)=NN.NNC1=CC=C(C(O)=O)C=N1 OVWSYOJEPPSVCU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000012110 Alexa Fluor 594 Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012114 Alexa Fluor 647 Substances 0.000 description 1
- WXRYUZSSBJBHKL-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCOC(NCCOCCOCCOCCNC)=O Chemical compound CCOC(NCCOCCOCCOCCNC)=O WXRYUZSSBJBHKL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101100454807 Caenorhabditis elegans lgg-1 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbamic acid Chemical group NC(O)=O KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chlorine atom Chemical compound [Cl] ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010047041 Complementarity Determining Regions Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000011537 Coomassie blue staining Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001712 DNA sequencing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920002307 Dextran Polymers 0.000 description 1
- KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N EDTA Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000006736 Huisgen cycloaddition reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- NNJVILVZKWQKPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lidocaine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CC(=O)NC1=C(C)C=CC=C1C NNJVILVZKWQKPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PEEHTFAAVSWFBL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Maleimide Chemical compound O=C1NC(=O)C=C1 PEEHTFAAVSWFBL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241001529936 Murinae Species 0.000 description 1
- 229910017852 NH2NH2 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- JCXJVPUVTGWSNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nitrogen dioxide Chemical compound O=[N]=O JCXJVPUVTGWSNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZCQWOFVYLHDMMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Oxazole Chemical compound C1=COC=N1 ZCQWOFVYLHDMMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WTKZEGDFNFYCGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrazole Chemical compound C=1C=NNC=1 WTKZEGDFNFYCGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CZPWVGJYEJSRLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrimidine Chemical compound C1=CN=CN=C1 CZPWVGJYEJSRLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108020004511 Recombinant DNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000005864 Sulphur Substances 0.000 description 1
- FZWLAAWBMGSTSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Thiazole Chemical compound C1=CSC=N1 FZWLAAWBMGSTSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920004890 Triton X-100 Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000013504 Triton X-100 Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011543 agarose gel Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002776 aggregation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004220 aggregation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000001336 alkenes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000005215 alkyl ethers Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- HSFWRNGVRCDJHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N alpha-acetylene Natural products C#C HSFWRNGVRCDJHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000019270 ammonium chloride Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000005135 aryl sulfinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- RFRXIWQYSOIBDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzarone Chemical group CCC=1OC2=CC=CC=C2C=1C(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 RFRXIWQYSOIBDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CYKIHIBNSFRKQP-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzo[f][1]benzothiole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C=C(SC=C3)C3=CC2=C1 CYKIHIBNSFRKQP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001797 benzyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 150000003939 benzylamines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000012984 biological imaging Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000903 blocking effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000004369 butenyl group Chemical group C(=CCC)* 0.000 description 1
- 239000002041 carbon nanotube Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910021393 carbon nanotube Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000001460 carbon-13 nuclear magnetic resonance spectrum Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000005587 carbonate group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002915 carbonyl group Chemical group [*:2]C([*:1])=O 0.000 description 1
- 125000002843 carboxylic acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000003054 catalyst Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000005754 cellular signaling Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012512 characterization method Methods 0.000 description 1
- PBAYDYUZOSNJGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N chelidonic acid Natural products OC(=O)C1=CC(=O)C=C(C(O)=O)O1 PBAYDYUZOSNJGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VYXSBFYARXAAKO-WTKGSRSZSA-N chembl402140 Chemical compound Cl.C1=2C=C(C)C(NCC)=CC=2OC2=C\C(=N/CC)C(C)=CC2=C1C1=CC=CC=C1C(=O)OCC VYXSBFYARXAAKO-WTKGSRSZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001309 chloro group Chemical group Cl* 0.000 description 1
- WCZVZNOTHYJIEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N cinnoline Chemical compound N1=NC=CC2=CC=CC=C21 WCZVZNOTHYJIEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000011248 coating agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000012790 confirmation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011258 core-shell material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000037029 cross reaction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000013078 crystal Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000001047 cyclobutenyl group Chemical group C1(=CCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001995 cyclobutyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000001162 cycloheptenyl group Chemical group C1(=CCCCCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000006622 cycloheptylmethyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000596 cyclohexenyl group Chemical group C1(=CCCCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004210 cyclohexylmethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])(*)C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000002433 cyclopentenyl group Chemical group C1(=CCCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001511 cyclopentyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000004851 cyclopentylmethyl group Chemical group C1(CCCC1)C* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004186 cyclopropylmethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])(*)C1([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- ANWCICBGKAHUEY-UHFFFAOYSA-N decyl carbamate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCOC(N)=O ANWCICBGKAHUEY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000008367 deionised water Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910021641 deionized water Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000000412 dendrimer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000736 dendritic polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011033 desalting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000001028 difluoromethyl group Chemical group [H]C(F)(F)* 0.000 description 1
- KPUWHANPEXNPJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N disiloxane Chemical class [SiH3]O[SiH3] KPUWHANPEXNPJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BFMYDTVEBKDAKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L disodium;(2',7'-dibromo-3',6'-dioxido-3-oxospiro[2-benzofuran-1,9'-xanthene]-4'-yl)mercury;hydrate Chemical compound O.[Na+].[Na+].O1C(=O)C2=CC=CC=C2C21C1=CC(Br)=C([O-])C([Hg])=C1OC1=C2C=C(Br)C([O-])=C1 BFMYDTVEBKDAKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000006185 dispersion Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000426 electronic spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000295 emission spectrum Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002121 endocytic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000012202 endocytosis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000003754 ethoxycarbonyl group Chemical group C(=O)(OCC)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000006125 ethylsulfonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002534 ethynyl group Chemical group [H]C#C* 0.000 description 1
- GNBHRKFJIUUOQI-UHFFFAOYSA-N fluorescein Chemical compound O1C(=O)C2=CC=CC=C2C21C1=CC=C(O)C=C1OC1=CC(O)=CC=C21 GNBHRKFJIUUOQI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MHMNJMPURVTYEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N fluorescein-5-isothiocyanate Chemical compound O1C(=O)C2=CC(N=C=S)=CC=C2C21C1=CC=C(O)C=C1OC1=CC(O)=CC=C21 MHMNJMPURVTYEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000001215 fluorescent labelling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000004216 fluoromethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])(F)* 0.000 description 1
- 150000002244 furazanes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 1
- UQEAIHBTYFGYIE-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexamethyldisiloxane Chemical compound C[Si](C)(C)O[Si](C)(C)C UQEAIHBTYFGYIE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000006038 hexenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000002402 hexoses Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004051 hexyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 230000007062 hydrolysis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006460 hydrolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 description 1
- 238000005286 illumination Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000003018 immunoassay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940127121 immunoconjugate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000010166 immunofluorescence Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010820 immunofluorescence microscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007901 in situ hybridization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000003392 indanyl group Chemical group C1(CCC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000003454 indenyl group Chemical group C1(C=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 229910052738 indium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- PZOUSPYUWWUPPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N indole Natural products CC1=CC=CC2=C1C=CN2 PZOUSPYUWWUPPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RKJUIXBNRJVNHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N indolenine Natural products C1=CC=C2CC=NC2=C1 RKJUIXBNRJVNHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000010354 integration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002452 interceptive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000010189 intracellular transport Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000002500 ions Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910052742 iron Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000012948 isocyanate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000001449 isopropyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- ZLTPDFXIESTBQG-UHFFFAOYSA-N isothiazole Chemical compound C=1C=NSC=1 ZLTPDFXIESTBQG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002540 isothiocyanates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- CTAPFRYPJLPFDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N isoxazole Chemical compound C=1C=NOC=1 CTAPFRYPJLPFDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000005304 joining Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004895 liquid chromatography mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011068 loading method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004020 luminiscence type Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000001165 lymph node Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000002132 lysosomal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000003712 lysosome Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000001868 lysosomic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000019341 magnesium sulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- FPYJFEHAWHCUMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N maleic anhydride Chemical group O=C1OC(=O)C=C1 FPYJFEHAWHCUMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003550 marker Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000001160 methoxycarbonyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])OC(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 125000006216 methylsulfinyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])S(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 125000004170 methylsulfonyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 description 1
- 238000002493 microarray Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005012 migration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013508 migration Methods 0.000 description 1
- UATCLPJEZJKNHE-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-(3',6'-dihydroxy-3-oxospiro[2-benzofuran-1,9'-xanthene]-5-yl)-2-iodoacetamide Chemical compound O1C(=O)C2=CC(NC(=O)CI)=CC=C2C21C1=CC=C(O)C=C1OC1=CC(O)=CC=C21 UATCLPJEZJKNHE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004108 n-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004123 n-propyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001624 naphthyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005187 nonenyl group Chemical group C(=CCCCCCCC)* 0.000 description 1
- 230000009871 nonspecific binding Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000655 nuclear magnetic resonance spectrum Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000269 nucleophilic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000004365 octenyl group Chemical group C(=CCCCCCC)* 0.000 description 1
- 238000000399 optical microscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000002524 organometallic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002255 pentenyl group Chemical group C(=CCCC)* 0.000 description 1
- 229950000688 phenothiazine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- UYWQUFXKFGHYNT-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenylmethyl ester of formic acid Natural products O=COCC1=CC=CC=C1 UYWQUFXKFGHYNT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000008363 phosphate buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000103 photoluminescence spectrum Methods 0.000 description 1
- LFSXCDWNBUNEEM-UHFFFAOYSA-N phthalazine Chemical compound C1=NN=CC2=CC=CC=C21 LFSXCDWNBUNEEM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000005936 piperidyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229920002451 polyvinyl alcohol Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000002243 precursor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000004368 propenyl group Chemical group C(=CC)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000002568 propynyl group Chemical group [*]C#CC([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 238000000159 protein binding assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000425 proton nuclear magnetic resonance spectrum Methods 0.000 description 1
- PBMFSQRYOILNGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridazine Chemical compound C1=CC=NN=C1 PBMFSQRYOILNGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000005344 pyridylmethyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C(=N1)C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 238000010791 quenching Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000985 reactive dye Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000010837 receptor-mediated endocytosis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011160 research Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000013557 residual solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052702 rhenium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000002914 sec-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 210000002966 serum Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000007086 side reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000011664 signaling Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000006850 spacer group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000000087 stabilizing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000006296 sulfonyl amino group Chemical group [H]N(*)S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 description 1
- 238000004416 surface enhanced Raman spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002194 synthesizing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- FGTJJHCZWOVVNH-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-butyl-[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy-dimethylsilane Chemical compound CC(C)(C)[Si](C)(C)O[Si](C)(C)C(C)(C)C FGTJJHCZWOVVNH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003718 tetrahydrofuranyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001712 tetrahydronaphthyl group Chemical group C1(CCCC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001412 tetrahydropyranyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- ABZLKHKQJHEPAX-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetramethylrhodamine Chemical compound C=12C=CC(N(C)C)=CC2=[O+]C2=CC(N(C)C)=CC=C2C=1C1=CC=CC=C1C([O-])=O ABZLKHKQJHEPAX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JGVWCANSWKRBCS-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetramethylrhodamine thiocyanate Chemical compound [Cl-].C=12C=CC(N(C)C)=CC2=[O+]C2=CC(N(C)C)=CC=C2C=1C1=CC=C(SC#N)C=C1C(O)=O JGVWCANSWKRBCS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000003536 tetrazoles Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229930192474 thiophene Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 230000036962 time dependent Effects 0.000 description 1
- ITMCEJHCFYSIIV-UHFFFAOYSA-M triflate Chemical compound [O-]S(=O)(=O)C(F)(F)F ITMCEJHCFYSIIV-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- RMZAYIKUYWXQPB-UHFFFAOYSA-N trioctylphosphane Chemical compound CCCCCCCCP(CCCCCCCC)CCCCCCCC RMZAYIKUYWXQPB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZMBHCYHQLYEYDV-UHFFFAOYSA-N trioctylphosphine oxide Chemical compound CCCCCCCCP(=O)(CCCCCCCC)CCCCCCCC ZMBHCYHQLYEYDV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910000406 trisodium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000002371 ultraviolet--visible spectrum Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001392 ultraviolet--visible--near infrared spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- PXXNTAGJWPJAGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N vertaline Natural products C1C2C=3C=C(OC)C(OC)=CC=3OC(C=C3)=CC=C3CCC(=O)OC1CC1N2CCCC1 PXXNTAGJWPJAGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000391 vinyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 238000001262 western blot Methods 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K49/00—Preparations for testing in vivo
- A61K49/001—Preparation for luminescence or biological staining
- A61K49/0013—Luminescence
- A61K49/0017—Fluorescence in vivo
- A61K49/005—Fluorescence in vivo characterised by the carrier molecule carrying the fluorescent agent
- A61K49/0056—Peptides, proteins, polyamino acids
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K49/00—Preparations for testing in vivo
- A61K49/001—Preparation for luminescence or biological staining
- A61K49/0013—Luminescence
- A61K49/0017—Fluorescence in vivo
- A61K49/0019—Fluorescence in vivo characterised by the fluorescent group, e.g. oligomeric, polymeric or dendritic molecules
- A61K49/0021—Fluorescence in vivo characterised by the fluorescent group, e.g. oligomeric, polymeric or dendritic molecules the fluorescent group being a small organic molecule
- A61K49/0041—Xanthene dyes, used in vivo, e.g. administered to a mice, e.g. rhodamines, rose Bengal
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K49/00—Preparations for testing in vivo
- A61K49/001—Preparation for luminescence or biological staining
- A61K49/0063—Preparation for luminescence or biological staining characterised by a special physical or galenical form, e.g. emulsions, microspheres
- A61K49/0065—Preparation for luminescence or biological staining characterised by a special physical or galenical form, e.g. emulsions, microspheres the luminescent/fluorescent agent having itself a special physical form, e.g. gold nanoparticle
- A61K49/0067—Preparation for luminescence or biological staining characterised by a special physical or galenical form, e.g. emulsions, microspheres the luminescent/fluorescent agent having itself a special physical form, e.g. gold nanoparticle quantum dots, fluorescent nanocrystals
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C271/00—Derivatives of carbamic acids, i.e. compounds containing any of the groups, the nitrogen atom not being part of nitro or nitroso groups
- C07C271/06—Esters of carbamic acids
- C07C271/08—Esters of carbamic acids having oxygen atoms of carbamate groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms
- C07C271/10—Esters of carbamic acids having oxygen atoms of carbamate groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms with the nitrogen atoms of the carbamate groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms
- C07C271/16—Esters of carbamic acids having oxygen atoms of carbamate groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms with the nitrogen atoms of the carbamate groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms to carbon atoms of hydrocarbon radicals substituted by singly-bound oxygen atoms
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C281/00—Derivatives of carbonic acid containing functional groups covered by groups C07C269/00 - C07C279/00 in which at least one nitrogen atom of these functional groups is further bound to another nitrogen atom not being part of a nitro or nitroso group
- C07C281/06—Compounds containing any of the groups, e.g. semicarbazides
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D213/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D213/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D213/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
- C07D213/60—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
- C07D213/78—Carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms, with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals
- C07D213/81—Amides; Imides
- C07D213/82—Amides; Imides in position 3
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G01—MEASURING; TESTING
- G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
- G01N33/00—Investigating or analysing materials by specific methods not covered by groups G01N1/00 - G01N31/00
- G01N33/48—Biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Haemocytometers
- G01N33/50—Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing
- G01N33/53—Immunoassay; Biospecific binding assay; Materials therefor
- G01N33/543—Immunoassay; Biospecific binding assay; Materials therefor with an insoluble carrier for immobilising immunochemicals
- G01N33/54353—Immunoassay; Biospecific binding assay; Materials therefor with an insoluble carrier for immobilising immunochemicals with ligand attached to the carrier via a chemical coupling agent
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07B—GENERAL METHODS OF ORGANIC CHEMISTRY; APPARATUS THEREFOR
- C07B2200/00—Indexing scheme relating to specific properties of organic compounds
- C07B2200/11—Compounds covalently bound to a solid support
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C2601/00—Systems containing only non-condensed rings
- C07C2601/04—Systems containing only non-condensed rings with a four-membered ring
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C2602/00—Systems containing two condensed rings
- C07C2602/02—Systems containing two condensed rings the rings having only two atoms in common
- C07C2602/14—All rings being cycloaliphatic
- C07C2602/24—All rings being cycloaliphatic the ring system containing nine carbon atoms, e.g. perhydroindane
Definitions
- the invention relates to compounds to link substrates to molecules, typically for biological applications.
- the invention relates to compounds that can be used to link nanoparticles to biological molecules to allow for applications such as imaging and the like.
- Dye-labelling used in biological systems typically involves the process of attaching a fluorophore or other photodetectable dye to a molecule, such as a protein or nucleic acid. Generally this is achieved by using a reactive derivative of the dye that selectively binds to a functional group contained in the target molecule.
- fluorescently-labelled molecules are antibodies, which are then used as highly-specific probes for optical detection of a particular target. Fluorescent dye labelling is typically accomplished using a chemically-reactive derivative of a fluorophore.
- Common reactive groups include amine-reactive isothiocyanate derivatives such as fluorescein isocyanate (FITC) and tetramethylrhodamine (TRITC); amine-reactive succinimidyl esters such as NHS- fluorescein; and sulfhydryl-reactive maleimide-activated fluorophores such as fluorescein-5-maleimide or iodoacetamide-derivatives such as 5-(iodoacetamido) fluorescein (5-IAF). Reaction of any of these reactive dyes with another molecule results in a covalent bond being formed between the fluorophore and the labelled molecule.
- FITC fluorescein isocyanate
- TRITC tetramethylrhodamine
- amine-reactive succinimidyl esters such as NHS- fluorescein
- sulfhydryl-reactive maleimide-activated fluorophores such as fluorescein-5-maleimi
- Reactive fluorescent dyes are available from many sources and can be obtained with different reactive groups for attachment to various functional groups within the target molecule. They are also available in labelling kits that contain all of the components necessary to carry out a labelling reaction.
- Fluorescent labels are generally used for detection of a protein or other labelled molecule via fluorescence microscopy, flow cytometry (FCM), or some other fluorescence measuring technique.
- FCM flow cytometry
- High resolution optical microscopy, western blot assays, and other immunoanalytical methods may also be useful in localization of a target within a cell. More flexibility is typically required of these dyes, and the traditional dyes are often unable to meet expectations.
- QDs semiconducting nanoparticles, hereinafter referred to as quantum dots (QDs), typically provide distinct advantages over traditional organic dyes, which include:
- Semiconductor quantum dots have been employed for in vitro imaging of pre-labelled cells.
- the ability to image single-cell migration in real time is important to several research areas such as fluorescence microscopy, histology, flow cytometry, fluorescence in-situ hybridization, DNA sequencing, immuno-assays, binding assays, separation, etc.
- Core-shell CdSe/ZnS quantum dots are semiconducting nanocrystals that exhibit unique optical and physical features.
- the size of the QDs can be adjusted to tune the optical properties to give substances with tunable, narrow emission profiles, high quantum yields and excellent photostability.
- QDs are therefore an attractive alternative to organic fluorescent dyes and QDs tethered to molecules such as antibodies or peptides have great promise for use in biological imaging applications.
- the linker molecules or conjugation strategy may destabilize the nanocrystals leading to unwanted aggregation or non-specific binding of the nanocrystals to the biological target or surfaces.
- a conjugation strategy using molecules that use stable reactive group chemistry can be stored for long periods in solution or as pure reagents, will work under a wide range of buffer and pH conditions, and are bio- orthogonal, i.e. cross reactions with other chemical groups present in biological systems is minimal.
- the present invention relates to a series of compounds that meets the above requirements and enable bioconjugations to be carried out between a wide range of substrates and a wide range of molecules. It is an aspect of the current invention to disclose how such compounds may be prepared and purified.
- the present invention relates to a compound, which can be used to tether substrates to molecules.
- the molecules that can be tethered to the substrates include any molecule suitable for conjugation, including polyatomic ions.
- Molecules used in the present invention for linking to the substrates include, but are not limited to, biological molecules.
- Some examples of the biological molecules for use in the present invention include large polymeric molecules such as proteins, peptides, polysaccharides, lipids, hormones and nucleic acids as well as small molecules such as natural products and derivatives thereof.
- the substrates may include any surface or material that may be conjugated by the methods disclosed in this invention.
- Some substrates may be particles. A skilled addressee would appreciate that the particles may have different shapes and sizes.
- Typical particles for conjugation may include microparticles, mesoparticles, nanoparticles or any other particle suitable for conjugation.
- Other examples include semiconducting, metallic and magnetic nanocrystals (or mixtures thereof); particles of non-spherical shapes such as nanorods and nanowires; complex particles consisting of a core and shell or alloy structure; silica or silicic acid based particles; or organic semiconducting polymer-based particles that have useful labelling properties may also be conjugated through the methods outlined herein.
- the substrates may be proteins or peptides.
- the current invention discloses a method of conjugation, which can be applied to dendrimers, various polymers such as PEG-polymers and dextran polymers, carbon structures such as C60, C70 and carbon nanotubes and their derivatives, and also to particles carrying further functional molecules such as dyes, surface-enhanced Raman-scattering labels or stabilizing molecules.
- nanocrystals also termed nanoparticles or quantum dots
- protocols may be suitably varied to enable any particle to be conjugated.
- the invention relates to a compound, which contains a cyclooctyne moiety and a moiety for conjugation to an amine-, aldehyde- or ketone-functionalised substrate or molecule.
- the following moieties may form covalent bonds on exposure to amine, aldehyde or ketone groups: squarate, hydrazide, semicarbazide, carbohydrazide, aminooxy and amine groups.
- the amine, aldehyde and ketone groups on the substrate or molecule of interest may be native to the substrate or molecule or they can be created via oxidation or reduction of suitable reactive groups.
- the cyclooctyne moiety acts as the coupling partner to an azide-functionalised substrate such as a QD or biological molecule, via a [3+2] cycloaddition, whilst the squarate, hydrazide, semicarbazide, carbohydrazide, aminooxy or amine moiety acts as the coupling partner to an amine-, aldehyde- or ketone-functionalised substrate such as QD or biological molecule.
- the cyclooctyne and aldehyde moieties are joined via a linking group.
- the present invention relates to solution-stable linker molecules that can be used to conjugate particles and other structures to each other or to biological molecules and substrates of interest (e.g. cells.).
- this invention discloses a variety of novel molecules.
- hydrazide, semicarbazide, carbohydrazide, aminooxy and amine derivatives can be used for conjugation to aldehyde or ketone groups.
- squarate derivatives can be employed.
- the substrates for conjugation are particles.
- the particles are microparticles, mesoparticles and/or nanoparticles.
- the particles are QDs.
- the molecules for conjugation to a substrate are biological molecules.
- the molecules are synthetic molecules or naturally occurring molecules.
- the molecules are large polymeric molecules such as proteins, peptides, polysaccharides, lipids, hormones and/or nucleic acids as well as small molecules such as natural products
- the invention relates to a compound which can be used to tether QDs to biological molecules.
- the compound contains a cyclooctyne moiety and a second moiety for conjugation to QDs and biological molecules.
- the cyclooctyne moiety acts as the coupling partner to an azide-functionalised QD or biological molecule, via a [3+2] cycloaddition, whilst the second moiety acts as the coupling partner to an amine- aldehyde- or ketone-functionalised QD or biological molecule.
- Typical moieties which react with aldehyde or ketone functional groups may include N-containing moieties such as an amine, aminooxy, hydrazide, semicarbazide and carbohydrazide.
- Typical moieties which react with amine functional groups may include a squarate. The cyclooctyne moiety and the second moiety are joined via a linking group.
- the present invention provides a compound of the Formula (I):
- each R a and R b is independently-selected from the group consisting of: H, OH, halogen, optionally-substituted alkyl, optionally-substituted 02-12 alkenyl, optionally-substituted 02-12 alkynyl, optionally-substituted C3-12 cycloalkyl, optionally- substituted C3-12 cycloalkenyl, optionally-substituted OCi-12 alkyl, optionally- substituted OC 2- i2 alkenyl, optionally-substituted OC 2- i2 alkynyl, optionally-substituted OC3-12 cycloalkyl and optionally-substituted OC3-12 cycloalkenyl;
- each R 1 is independently selected from the group consisting of: H, halogen, OH, NO 2 , CN, SH, NH 2 , CF 3 , OCHF 2 , OCF 3 , optionally-substituted C1.12 alkyl, optionally-substituted haloalkyl, optionally-substituted C 2- 12 alkenyl, optionally- substituted 02-12 alkynyl, optionally-substituted 02-12 heteroalkyl, optionally-substituted C3-12 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted 03-12 cycloalkenyl, optionally-substituted 02-12 heterocycloalkyl, optionally-substituted 02-12 heterocycloalkenyl, optionally-substituted C 6- 18 aryl, optionally-substituted CM S heteroaryl, optionally-substituted C ⁇ . ⁇ 2 alkyloxy, optionally-substituted
- L 1 is a bond or linking group
- R 2 is selected from the group consisting of: optionally substituted C1-12 alkyl, optionally substituted C2-12 alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-12 alkynyl, optionally substituted C3-12 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C3-12 cycloalkenyl, NH 2 , ONH 2 , NHNH 2 , NHNR a R p , NH(CO)(optionally-substituted Ci_ 6 alkyl)ONH 2 , NH(CO)(optionally-substituted Ci_ 6 alkyl)NH 2 , NH(CO)(optionally-substituted Ci_ 6 alkyl)NHNH 2 , NH(CO)(optionally-substituted Ci_ 6 alkyl)NHNR a R p , (CO)NH(optionally- substituted Ci_ 6 alkyl)ONH 2 , (CO)NH(optionally-substituted Ci -6 alkyl)NH 2
- each of R X and R 5 is independently selected from the group consisting of H , optionally-substituted alkyl, optionally-substituted 02-12 alkenyl, optionally- substituted C 2- 12 alkynyl, optionally-substituted C 3- i 2 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted C3-12 cycloalkenyl;
- n is an integer selected from the group consisting of: 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 and 8;
- R C , R D and R E are each independently-selected from the group consisting of: H , OH , halogen, optionally-substituted Ci-12 alkyl, optionally-substituted C2-12 heteroalkyl, optionally-substituted C3-12 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted OC6-18 aryl, and optionally-substituted OCM S heteroaryl;
- stereochemistry of the cyclopropane-fused cyclooctyne may be either endo or exo.
- the invention provides a process for the preparation of a compound of Formula (V):
- each R 1 is independently selected from the group consisting of: H, halogen, OH, NO 2 , CN, SH, NH 2 , CF 3 , OCHF 2 , OCF 3 , optionally-substituted C1-12 alkyl, optionally-substituted Ci-12 haloalkyl, optionally-substituted 02-12 alkenyl, optionally- substituted C2-12 alkynyl, optionally-substituted 02-12 heteroalkyl, optionally-substituted C 3- 12 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted C 3- i 2 cycloalkenyl, optionally-substituted C 2- 12 heterocycloalkyl, optionally-substituted 02-12 heterocycloalkenyl, optionally-substituted Ce-18 aryl, optionally-substituted C-MS heteroaryl, optionally-substituted C-M2 alkyloxy, optionally-sub
- R c , R d and R e are each independently-selected from the group consisting of: H, OH, halogen, optionally-substituted C ⁇ . ⁇ 2 alkyl, optionally-substituted C 2- 12 heteroalkyl, optionally-substituted C 3- 12 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted OCe-18 aryl, and optionally-substituted OCM S heteroaryl;
- stereochemistry of the cyclopropane-fused cyclooctyne may be either endo or exo;
- L is of the Formula (III): X 3 (CR 8 R 9 ) p [X 4 (CR 10 R 1 1 ) q ] r (CR 12 R 13 ) S X 5
- X 3 is selected from the group consisting of: O, NH and NR 14 ;
- X 4 is independently selected from the group consisting of: a bond, O, NH, NR 14 , S and CR 15 R 16 ;
- X 5 is selected from the group consisting of: O, NH, NR 14 , optionally-substituted
- R 2 is selected from the group consisting of: optionally substituted C1-12 alkyl, optionally substituted C2-12 alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-12 alkynyl, optionally substituted C 3- i 2 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C 3- i 2 cycloalkenyl, NHR 17 , ONHR 17 , NHNHR 17 , NHNR a R p , NH(CO)(optionally-substituted C 1-6 alkyl)ONHR 17 , NH(CO)(optionally-substituted C 1-6 alkyl)NHR 17 , NH(CO)(optionally-substituted C 1-6 alkyl)NHNHR 17 , NH(CO)(optionally-substituted C 1-6 alkyl)NHNR a R p , (CO)NH(optionally-substituted Ci -6 alkyl)ONHR 17 , (CO)NH(optionally-substituted
- each R a and R p is independently selected from the group consisting of: H, OH, optionally-substituted C1-12 alkyl, optionally-substituted C 2- i 2 alkenyl, optionally- substituted C 2- i 2 alkynyl, optionally-substituted C3-i 2 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted C3-i 2 cycloalkenyl, optionally-substituted OCi-i 2 alkyl, optionally-substituted OC 2- i 2 alkenyl, optionally-substituted OC 2- i 2 alkynyl, optionally-substituted OC 3- i 2 cycloalkyl and optionally-substituted OC 3- cycloalkenyl; or R a and R p when combined together provide the group of Formula (l-a): wherein each of R x and R 5 is independently selected from the group consisting of H,
- each R 8 R 9 , R 10 , R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , R 15 and R 16 is independently selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen, OH, halogen, optionally-substituted Ci-12 alkyl, optionally-substituted C 2- 12 alkenyl, optionally-substituted C 2- 12 alkynyl, optionally- substituted C3-i 2 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted C3-i 2 cycloalkenyl, optionally- substituted OCi-i 2 alkyl, optionally-substituted OC 2- i 2 alkenyl, optionally-substituted OC 2- i 2 alkynyl, optionally-substituted OC3-i 2 cycloalkyl and optionally-substituted OC3- 2 cycloalkenyl;
- each R 14 and R 17 is independently selected from the group consisting of: H, optionally-substituted Ci-i 2 alkyl and N-protecting group;
- n is an integer selected from the group consisting of: 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 and 8;
- each p, q, r and s is an integer independently selected from the group consisting of: 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6, the process comprising:
- R 1 and n are as defined above and LG is a leaving group; in a coupling reaction with a compound of Formula (Vll-a): X 3A (CR 8 R 9 ) P [X 4 (CR 1 0 R 1 1 ) Q ] R (CR 12 R 1 3 )s X 5A
- X 3a is independently selected from the group consisting of: OH, NH 2 and NHR 14 ;
- X 4 is independently selected from the group consisting of: a bond, O, NH, NR 14 , S and CR 15 R 16 ;
- X 5a is selected from the group consisting of: OH, NH 2 , NHR 14 , OR 18 CO 2 R 19 ; each R 8 R 9 , R 10 , R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , R 15 and R 16 is independently selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen, OH, halogen, optionally-substituted alkyl, optionally-substituted C 2- 12 alkenyl, optionally-substituted C 2- 12 alkynyl, optionally- substituted C3-12 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted C3-12 cycloalkenyl, optionally- substituted OCi-12 alkyl, optionally-substituted OC 2- i2 alkenyl, optionally-substituted OC2-12 alkynyl, optionally-substituted OC3-12 cycloalkyl and optionally-substituted OC3- 12 cycloalkenyl;
- R 14 is independently selected from the group consisting of: optionally- substituted C-i-12 alkyl and N-protecting group;
- R 18 is selected from the group consisting of: optionally-substituted Ci-12 alkyl, optionally-substituted C2-12 alkenyl, optionally-substituted C2-12 alkynyl, optionally- substituted C3-12 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted C3-12 cycloalkenyl and O-protecting group;
- R 19 is selected from the group consisting of: H, optionally-substituted Ci-12 alkyl, optionally-substituted C2-12 alkenyl, optionally-substituted C2-12 alkynyl, optionally-substituted C3-12 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted C3-12 cycloalkenyl optionally-substituted C 6- 18 aryl, optionally-substituted C 6- 18 alkylaryl, optionally- substituted C-i-18 heteroaryl, optionally-substituted CM S alkylheteroaryl, optionally- substituted Ci-12 alkyloxy, optionally-substituted C2-12 alkenyloxy, optionally- substituted C2-12 alkynyloxy, optionally-substituted C2-12 heteroalkyloxy, optionally- substituted C3-12 cycloalkyloxy, optionally-substituted C3-12 cycloalkeny
- each p, q, r and s is an integer independently selected from the group consisting of: 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6; to provide a compound of Formula (VIII):
- B is selected from the group consisting of: a bond, an optionally-substituted d.
- each R 2 and R 20 is selected independently from the group consisting of: OH, CO2R 22 , optionally-substituted OC1-12 alkyl, optionally-substituted OC2-12 alkenyl, optionally-substituted OC2-12 alkynyl, optionally-substituted OC3-12 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted OC3-12 cycloalkenyl, NHR 17 , NHNHR 17 , NHNR a R p , ONHR 17 , NH(CO)(optionally-substituted Ci_ 6 alkyl)ONHR 17
- each R a and R p is independently selected from the group consisting of: H, OH, optionally-substituted Ci-12 alkyl, optionally-substituted 02-12 alkenyl, optionally- substituted C 2- 12 alkynyl, optionally-substituted C 3- i 2 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted C3-12 cycloalkenyl, optionally-substituted OCi-12 alkyl, optionally-substituted OC2-12 alkenyl, optionally-substituted OC2-12 alkynyl, optionally-substituted OC3-12 cycloalkyl and optionally-substituted OC3-12 cycloalkenyl; or FT and R p when combined together provide the group of Formula (l-a):
- H optionally-substituted C-.- 2 alkyl, optionally-substituted C 2- 12 alkenyl, optionally- substituted C2-12 alkynyl, optionally-substituted C3-12 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted C3-12 cycloalkenyl;
- each R 17 and R 21 is independently selected from the group consisting of: H, optionally-substituted Ci-i 2 alkyl and N-protecting group;
- R 22 is selected from the group consisting of: H, halogen, optionally-substituted C-i-12 alkyl, optionally-substituted C2-12 alkenyl, optionally-substituted C2-12 alkynyl, optionally-substituted C3-12 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted C2-12 heterocycloalkyl, optionally-substituted C 3- i 2 cycloalkenyl, optionally-substituted C 2- 12 heterocycloalkenyl, optionally-substituted Ce-18 aryl, optionally-substituted Ce-18 alkylaryl, optionally-substituted CM S heteroaryl, optionally-substituted C-M S alkylheteroaryl,
- the invention provides a process for the preparation of a compound of Formula (V):
- each R 1 is independently selected from the group consisting of: H, halogen, OH, NO 2 , CN, SH, NH 2 , CF 3 , OCHF 2 , OCF 3 , optionally-substituted C1-12 alkyl, optionally-substituted C-i- 12 haloalkyl, optionally-substituted 02-12 alkenyl, optionally- substituted C2-12 alkynyl, optionally-substituted 02-12 heteroalkyl, optionally-substituted C 3- 12 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted C 3- i 2 cycloalkenyl, optionally-substituted C 2- 12 heterocycloalkyl, optionally-substituted 02-12 heterocycloalkenyl, optionally-substituted Ce-18 aryl, optionally-substituted C-MS heteroaryl, optionally-substituted C-M2 alkyloxy, optional
- R c , R d and R e are each independently-selected from the group consisting of: H, OH, halogen, optionally-substituted C ⁇ . ⁇ 2 alkyl, optionally-substituted C 2- 12 heteroalkyl, optionally-substituted C 3- 12 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted OCe-18 aryl, and optionally-substituted OCM S heteroaryl;
- stereochemistry of the cyclopropane-fused cyclooctyne may be either endo or exo;
- L is of the Formula (III): X 3 (C R 8 R 9 ) P [X 4 (C R 1 0 R 1 1 ) Q ] R (C R 1 2 R 1 3 ) S X 5
- X 3 is selected from the group consisting of: OH, NH and NR 14 ;
- X 4 is independently selected from the group consisting of: a bond, O, NH, NR 14 , S and CR 15 R 16 ;
- X 5 is selected from the group consisting of: a bond, O, NH, NR 14 , S, CR 15 R 16 , optionally-substituted C-i- 12 alkyl, HN-(optionally-substituted C-i- 12 alkyl)-, R 14 N- (optionally-substituted alkyl)-, optionally- substituted C5-12 aryl, HN-(optionally-substituted 05-12 aryl)-, R 14 N-(optionally- substituted 05-12 aryl)-, O-(optionally-substituted Cs-12 aryl)-, HN(CO)-(optionally- substituted C5-12 aryl)- R 14 N(CO)-(optionally-substituted C5-12 aryl)- O(CO)- (optionally-substituted Cs-12 aryl)-, (CO)NH-(optionally-substituted C5-12 aryl)
- R 2 is selected from the group consisting of: optionally substituted C1-12 alkyl, optionally substituted C2-12 alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-12 alkynyl, optionally substituted 03-12 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted 03-12 cycloalkenyl, NHR 17 , ONHR 17 , NHNHR 17 , NHNR a R p , NH(CO)(optionally-substituted Ci -6 alkyl)ONHR 17 , NH(CO)(optionally-substituted Ci -6 alkyl)NHR 17 , NH(CO)(optionally-substituted Ci -6 alkyl)NHNHR 17 , NH(CO)(optionally-substituted Ci -6 alkyl)NHNR a R p , (CO)NH(optionally-substituted Ci -6 alkyl)ONHR 17 , (CO)NH(optionally-substituted Ci -6 alkyl
- each R a and R p is independently selected from the group consisting of: H, OH, optionally-substituted Ci_i 2 alkyl, optionally-substituted C 2- i 2 alkenyl, optionally- substituted C 2- i 2 alkynyl, optionally-substituted C3-i 2 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted C3-i 2 cycloalkenyl, optionally-substituted OCi-i 2 alkyl, optionally-substituted OC 2- i 2 alkenyl, optionally-substituted OC 2- i 2 alkynyl, optionally-substituted OC3-i 2 cycloalkyl and optionally-substituted OC3-i 2 cycloalkenyl; or R a and R p when combined together provide the group of Formula (l-a):
- each of R x and R 5 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, optionally-substituted Ci_i 2 alkyl, optionally-substituted C 2- i 2 alkenyl, optionally- substituted C 2- i 2 alkynyl, optionally-substituted C3-i 2 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted C3-12 cycloalkenyl; each R 3 , R 4 R 6 R 7 , R 8 R 9 , R 10 R 1 1 , R 12 R 13 , R 15 and R 16 is independently selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen, OH, halogen, optionally-substituted C1-12 alkyl, optionally-substituted 02-12 alkenyl, optionally- substituted C 2 -12 alkynyl, optionally-substituted 03-12 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted C 3- 12 cycloalkenyl, optionally-substituted
- each R 14 and R 17 is independently selected from the group consisting of: H, optionally-substituted C ⁇ . ⁇ 2 alkyl and N-protecting group; and
- n is an integer selected from the group consisting of: 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 and 8;
- each p, q, r and s is an integer independently selected from the group consisting of: 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6, the process comprising:
- X 3a is selected from the group consisting of: OH, NH 2 and NHR 14 ;
- X 4 is selected from the group consisting of: a bond, O, NH, NR 14 , S, CR 15 R 16 ;
- X 5 is selected from the group consisting of: a bond, O, NH, NR 14 , S, CR 15 R 16 , optionally-substituted alkyl, HN-(optionally-substituted alkyl)-, R 14 N- (optionally-substituted alkyl)-, O-(optionally-substituted Ci-12 alkyl)-, optionally- substituted C 5- i 2 aryl, HN-(optionally-substituted C 5- i 2 aryl)-, R 14 N-(optionally- substituted 05-12 aryl)-, O-(optionally-substituted 05-12 aryl)-, HN(CO)-(optionally- substituted C5-12 aryl)-, R 14 N(CO)-(optionally-substituted C
- R 2 is selected from the group consisting of: optionally substituted C-M2 alkyl, optionally substituted C 2- 12 alkenyl, optionally substituted C 2- 12 alkynyl, optionally substituted C3-12 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C3-12 cycloalkenyl, NHR 17 , ONHR 17 , NHNHR 17 , NHNR a R p , NH(CO)(optionally-substituted Ci -6 alkyl)ONHR 17 , NH(CO) (optionally-substituted Ci -6 alkyl)NHR 17 , NH(CO)(optionally-substituted Ci -6 alkyl)NHNHR 17 , NH(CO)(optionally-substituted Ci -6 alkyl)NHNR a R p , (CO)NH (optionally-substituted Ci -6 alkyl)ONHR 17 , (CO)NH(optionally-substituted Ci -6
- each R a and R p is independently selected from the group consisting of: H, OH, optionally-substituted Ci-12 alkyl, optionally-substituted C 2 -12 alkenyl, optionally- substituted C 2 -12 alkynyl, optionally-substituted C3-12 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted C 3- 12 cycloalkenyl, optionally-substituted OCi-i 2 alkyl, optionally-substituted OC 2- i2 alkenyl, optionally-substituted OC 2 -12 alkynyl, optionally-substituted OC3-12 cycloalkyl and optionally-substituted OC 3 -12 cycloalkenyl; or R a and R p when combined together provide the group of Formula (l-a):
- each of R x and R 5 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, optionally-substituted Ci- 12 alkyl, optionally-substituted C 2 - 12 alkenyl, optionally- substituted C 2 - 12 alkynyl, optionally-substituted C3- 12 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted C 3-12 cycloalkenyl;
- each R 8 R 9 , R 10 , R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , R 15 and R 16 is independently selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen, OH, halogen, optionally-substituted Ci- 12 alkyl, optionally-substituted C 2 - 12 alkenyl, optionally-substituted C 2 - 12 alkynyl, optionally- substituted C 3- i 2 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted C 3- i 2 cycloalkenyl, optionally- substituted OC-i- 12 alkyl, optionally-substituted OC 2 - 12 alkenyl, optionally-substituted 0C 2-12 alkynyl, optionally-substituted OC 3- i 2 cycloalkyl and optionally-substituted OC 3- 12 cycloalkenyl;
- each R 14 and R 17 is independently selected from the group consisting of: H, optionally-substituted alkyl and N-protecting group; and
- each p, q, r and s is an integer independently selected from the group consisting of: 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6; coupling reaction with a compound of Formula (VI):
- R 1 and n are as defined above and LG is a leaving group; to provide the compound of Formula (V).
- Figure 1 is a schematic of a linker of the invention showing its reactive ends available to form bonds with an azide functionalised material (a Quantum dot in this case) and an amino functionalised biological molecule (transferrin in this case).
- Figure 2 shows the idealised structure of the linker shown in figure 1 after binding.
- Figures 3 shows the mass spectral analysis of the reaction of the linker of example 3 with transferrin at a ratio of linker to transferrin of 2:1 .
- Figure 4 shows the mass spectral analysis of the reaction of the linker of example 3 with transferrin at a ratio of linker to transferrin of 4:1 .
- Figure 5 shows the reaction product of the linker bound to transferrin with a small molecule azide, azidoacetanilide.
- Figure 6 shows the mass spectral analysis of the reaction product of the linker with transferrin.
- Figure 7 shows the product of reaction of the mixture analysed in figure 6 with an azide showing reactivity of the transferrin-bound cyclo-octyne moiety with an azide.
- Figure 8 shows the stylised product of the linker of example 3 bound to an amino- Alexa dye and an azide-modified Quantum dot.
- Figure 9 shows the normalised absorbance of separate quantum dot and the dye.
- Figure 10 shows the fluorescent intensity with differing amounts of dye bound through the linker to the quantum dot.
- Figure 1 1 shows an agarose gel electrophoresis of QD's and QD plus transferrin under UV lamp.
- Figure 12 shows the agarose gel electrophoresis of QD's and QD plus transferrin after staining with Coomassie blue.
- Figure 13 shows Fe 2 -transferrin uptake into HeLa cells using A568-Fe 2 Tf (A1 -A3), QD100-Fe 2 Tf (B1 -B3) and QD100 (C1 -C3).
- Figure 14 shows time dependent QD uptake into cells and co-staining with early and late endosomal markers, a) QD100-Fe 2 Tf uptake into HeLa cells were performed for 15 min at 37°C. Cells were fixed in 4% paraformaldehyde and stained with rabbit anti-EEA1 (early endosome antigen 1 ) followed by A568-conjugated anti-rabbit IgG, and mouse anti-CD63 followed by A647-conjugated mouse IgG. (A, D) EEA1 has been pseudo-colored green; (B, E) QD100-Fe2Tf has been pseudo-colored red. D-H show 2x magnification of the boxed region.
- G is overlay of D and E; H is overlay of E and Fb) QD100-Fe2Tf uptake into HeLa cells was performed for 2 h at 37°C. Cells were fixed in 4% paraformaldehyde and stained and pseudo-colored as for a). D-H show 2x magnification of the boxed region. G is overlay of D and E; H is overlay of E and F. Representative regions of overlap are indicated by arrows.
- Figure 16 and figure 17 show mass spectral analysis of Herceptin conjugated to the linker of example 3 using a ratio of antibody to linker of 1 : 10 (figure 16) and a ration of 1 :20 (figure 17).
- Figure 18 is an absorption spectrum of Herceptin-linker-azido-Fluor 585 dye conjugates. After oxidation of glycan residues on an antibody with Nal0 4 , a linker of example 8 was reacted in a ratio of 4: 1 , 10:1 and 100: 1 of linker to antibody in an aniline buffer, and then finally with azide-AlexaFluor585. DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
- substrate may include any surface or material for conjugation by the methods disclosed in this invention. Some substrates include deposited or adhered particles, which may include coatings or layers. In some embodiments of the invention, the term substrate refers to particles. A skilled addressee would appreciate that the term “particle” encompasses particles of different shapes and sizes. Typical particles for conjugation may include microparticles, mesoparticles, nanoparticles or any other particle suitable for conjugation.
- Other examples include semiconducting, metallic and magnetic nanocrystals (or mixtures thereof); particles of non-spherical shapes such as nanorods and nanowires; complex particles consisting of a core and shell or alloy structure; silica or silicic acid based particles; or organic semiconducting polymer-based particles.
- Quantum dots are semiconductors whose electronic characteristics are closely related to the size and shape of the individual crystal.
- Quantum dot is readily understood by the skilled person in the art.
- an “azide-functionalised” substrate or an “azide-functionalised” molecule refers to a substrate or a molecule bearing one or more azide (-N 3 ) groups.
- the azide groups are present at the surface of the quantum dot or biological molecule such that the azide group can react with other molecules or particles, which possess other reactive functional groups.
- the azide group can react with other molecules or particles, which possess an alkyne group or cycloalkyne group.
- an "amine-functionalised” substrate or an “amine-functionalised” molecule refers to a substrate or molecule, which has one or more reactive amine groups.
- the amine groups are present at the surface of the substrate or molecule such that the amine group can react with molecules or particles, which possess other reactive functional groups.
- the amine group can react with other molecules or particles, which possess a squarate group, a carboxylic acid group, or an activated equivalent such as an NHS ester.
- an "aldehyde-functionalised” substrate or an “aldehyde-functionalised” molecule refers to a substrate or molecule, which has one or more reactive aldehyde groups.
- the aldehyde moiety may be present in free or hydrated form.
- the aldehyde groups are present at the surface of the substrate or molecule such that the aldehyde group can react with molecules or particles, which possess other reactive functional groups.
- the aldehyde group can react with other molecules or particles, which possess an amine, aminooxy, hydrazide, semicarbazide or carbohydrazide group.
- ketone-functionalised substrate or a “ketone -functionalised” molecule refers to a substrate or molecule, which has one or more reactive ketone groups.
- the ketone moiety may be present in free or hydrated form.
- the ketone groups are present at the surface of the substrate or molecule such that the ketone group can react with molecules or particles, which possess other reactive functional groups.
- the ketone group can react with other molecules or particles, which possess an amine, aminooxy, hydrazide, semicarbazide or carbohydrazide group.
- molecule is readily understood by a skilled addressee to include polyatomic compounds held together by covalent bonds.
- the molecules of the present invention may also include polyatomic ions.
- biological molecule refers to a synthetic or naturally occurring molecule produced or used by an organism, cell or cellular fraction. This includes, but is not limited to, large polymeric molecules such as proteins, peptides, polysaccharides, lipids, hormones and nucleic acids as well as small molecules such as natural products and derivatives thereof.
- the term "[3+2] cycloaddition" reactions is readily understood by the skilled addressee.
- the [3+2] cycloaddition reactions refer to the reaction of a dipolarophile with a 1 ,3-dipolar compound that leads to 5-membered (hetero)cycles.
- dipolarophiles are alkenes and alkynes and molecules that possess related heteroatom functional groups (such as carbonyls and nitriles).
- 1 ,3-Dipolar compounds typically contain one or more heteroatoms and can be described as having at least one mesomeric structure that represents a charged dipole.
- Examples of 1 ,3-dipolar compounds are azides, nitrile oxides, nitrones and diazoalkanes.
- a “leaving group” is a chemical group that is readily displaced by a nucleophilic incoming chemical moiety. Accordingly in any situation the choice of leaving group will depend upon the ability of the particular group to be displaced by the incoming chemical moiety. Suitable leaving groups are well known in the art, see for example “Advanced Organic Chemistry” Jerry March 4 th Edn. pp 351 -357, Oak Wick and Sons NY (1997). Examples of suitable leaving groups include, but are not limited to, halogen, alkoxy (such as ethoxy, methoxy), sulfonyloxy, optionally-substituted arylsulfonyl. Specific examples include chloro, iodo, bromo, fluoro, ethoxy, methoxy, methansulphonyl, triflate and the like.
- normal chain refers to the direct chain joining the two ends of a linking moiety.
- the group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. This is intended to signify that the use of the term is intended to encompass the situation where the group is a linker between two other portions of the molecule as well as where it is a terminal moiety.
- alkyl alkyl
- alkylene alkylene
- examples of acyl include acetyl and benzoyl.
- the group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the carbonyl carbon.
- the group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the nitrogen atom.
- Alkenyl as a group or part of a group denotes an aliphatic hydrocarbon group containing at least one carbon-carbon double bond and which may be straight or branched preferably having 2-12 carbon atoms, more preferably 2-10 carbon atoms, most preferably 2-6 carbon atoms, in the normal chain.
- the group may contain a plurality of double bonds in the normal chain and the orientation about each is independently E or Z.
- the alkenyl group is preferably a 1 -alkenyl group.
- Exemplary alkenyl groups include, but are not limited to, ethenyl, propenyl, butenyl, pentenyl, hexenyl, heptenyl, octenyl and nonenyl.
- the group may be a terminal group or a bridging group.
- alkenyloxy refers to an alkenyl-O- group in which alkenyl is as defined herein.
- Preferred alkenyloxy groups are C1-C6 alkenyloxy groups.
- the group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the oxygen atom.
- Alkyl as a group or part of a group refers to a straight or branched aliphatic hydrocarbon group, preferably a C1-C12 alkyl, more preferably a C1-C10 alkyl, most preferably CrC 6 unless otherwise noted.
- suitable straight and branched C1-C6 alkyl substituents include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, 2-propyl, n-butyl, sec-butyl, t- butyl, hexyl, and the like.
- the group may be a terminal group or a bridging group.
- Alkylamino includes both mono-alkylamino and dialkylamino, unless specified.
- “Mono-alkylamino” means an Alkyl-NH- group, in which alkyl is as defined herein.
- “Dialkylamino” means a (alkyl) 2 N- group, in which each alkyl may be the same or different and are each as defined herein for alkyl.
- the alkyl group is preferably a Ci- C 6 alkyl group.
- the group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the nitrogen atom.
- the group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the carbonyl carbon.
- Alkyloxy refers to an alkyl-O- group in which alkyl is as defined herein.
- the alkyloxy is a C1-C6 alkyloxy. Examples include, but are not limited to, methoxy and ethoxy.
- the group may be a terminal group or a bridging group.
- Alkyloxyalkyl refers to an alkyloxy-alkyl- group in which the alkyloxy and alkyl moieties are as defined herein.
- the group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the alkyl group.
- Alkyloxyaryl refers to an alkyloxy-aryl- group in which the alkyloxy and aryl moieties are as defined herein.
- the group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the aryl group.
- the alkyl group is preferably a C1-C6 alkyl group. Examples include, but are not limited to, methoxycarbonyl and ethoxycarbonyl.
- the group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the carbonyl carbon.
- Alkyloxycycloalkyl refers to an alkyloxy-cycloalkyl- group in which the alkyloxy and cycloalkyl moieties are as defined herein.
- the group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the cycloalkyl group.
- Alkyloxyheteroaryl refers to an alkyloxy-heteroaryl- group in which the alkyloxy and heteroaryl moieties are as defined herein.
- the group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the heteroaryl group.
- Alkyloxyheterocycloalkyl refers to an alkyloxy-heterocycloalkyi- group in which the alkyloxy and heterocycloalkyl moieties are as defined herein.
- the group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the heterocycloalkyl group.
- the alkyl group is preferably a CrC 6 alkyl group.
- Exemplary alkylsulfinyl groups include, but not limited to, methylsulfinyl and ethylsulfinyl.
- the group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the sulfur atom.
- the alkyl group is preferably a C1-C6 alkyl group. Examples include, but not limited to methylsulfonyl and ethylsulfonyl.
- the group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the sulfur atom.
- Alkynyl as a group or part of a group means an aliphatic hydrocarbon group containing a carbon-carbon triple bond and which may be straight or branched preferably having from 2-12 carbon atoms, more preferably 2-10 carbon atoms, more preferably 2-6 carbon atoms in the normal chain. Exemplary structures include, but are not limited to, ethynyl and propynyl.
- the group may be a terminal group or a bridging group.
- Alkynyloxy refers to an alkynyl-O- group in which alkynyl is as defined herein. Preferred alkynyloxy groups are C1-C6 alkynyloxy groups.
- the group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the oxygen atom.
- Aminoalkyl means an NH 2 -alkyl- group in which the alkyl group is as defined herein.
- the group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the alkyl group.
- the group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the sulfur atom.
- Aryl as a group or part of a group denotes (i) an optionally-substituted monocyclic, or fused polycyclic, aromatic carbocycle (ring structure having ring atoms that are all carbon) preferably having from 5 to 12 atoms per ring.
- aryl groups include phenyl, naphthyl, and the like; (ii) an optionally-substituted partially saturated bicyclic aromatic carbocyclic moiety in which a phenyl and a Cs-7 cycloalkyl or Cs-7 cycloalkenyl group are fused together to form a cyclic structure, such as tetrahydronaphthyl, indenyl or indanyl.
- the group may be a terminal group or a bridging group.
- an aryl group is a C6-C18 aryl group.
- Arylalkenyl means an aryl-alkenyl- group in which the aryl and alkenyl are as defined herein.
- exemplary arylalkenyl groups include phenylallyl.
- the group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the alkenyl group.
- Arylalkyl means an aryl-alkyl- group in which the aryl and alkyl moieties are as defined herein. Preferred arylalkyl groups contain a d-salkyl moiety. Exemplary arylalkyl groups include benzyl, phenethyl, 1 -naphthalenemethyl and 2- naphthalenemethyl. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the alkyl group.
- “Arylalkyloxy” refers to an aryl-alkyl-O- group in which the alkyl and aryl are as defined herein. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the oxygen atom.
- Arylamino includes both mono-arylamino and di-arylamino unless specified.
- Mono-arylamino means a group of formula arylNH-, in which aryl is as defined herein.
- Di-arylamino means a group of formula (aryl) 2 N- where each aryl may be the same or different and are each as defined herein for aryl.
- the group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the nitrogen atom.
- Arylheteroalkyl means an aryl-heteroalkyl- group in which the aryl and heteroalkyl moieties are as defined herein.
- the group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the heteroalkyl group.
- Aryloxy refers to an aryl-O- group in which the aryl is as defined herein.
- the aryloxy is a Ce-Cisaryloxy, more preferably a C6-Cioaryloxy.
- the group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the oxygen atom.
- the group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the sulfur atom.
- a “bond” is a linkage between atoms in a compound or molecule.
- the bond may be a single bond, a double bond, or a triple bond.
- Cycloalkenyl means a non-aromatic monocyclic or multicyclic ring system containing at least one carbon-carbon double bond and preferably having from 4-10 carbon atoms per ring.
- Exemplary monocyclic cycloalkenyl rings include cyclobutenyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclohexenyl or cycloheptenyl.
- the cycloalkenyl group may be substituted by one or more substituent groups.
- a cycloalkenyl group typically is a C3-C12 alkenyl group. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group.
- Cycloalkyi refers to a saturated monocyclic or fused or spiro polycyclic, carbocycle preferably containing from 3 to 9 carbons per ring, such as cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl and the like, unless otherwise specified.
- a cycloalkyi group typically is a C3-C12 alkyl group.
- the group may be a terminal group or a bridging group.
- Cycloalkylalkyl means a cycloalkyl-alkyl- group in which the cycloalkyi and alkyl moieties are as defined herein.
- Exemplary monocycloalkylalkyl groups include cyclopropylmethyl, cyclopentylmethyl, cyclohexylmethyl and cycloheptylmethyl.
- the group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the alkyl group.
- Cycloalkylalkenyl means a cycloalkyl-alkenyl- group in which the cycloalkyi and alkenyl moieties are as defined herein.
- the group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the alkenyl group.
- Cycloalkylheteroalkyl means a cycloalkyl-heteroalkyl- group in which the cycloalkyi and heteroalkyl moieties are as defined herein.
- the group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the heteroalkyl group.
- Cycloalkyloxy refers to a cycloalkyl-O- group in which cycloalkyi is as defined herein.
- the cycloalkyloxy is a Ci-C6cycloalkyloxy. Examples include, but are not limited to, cyclopropanoxy and cyclobutanoxy.
- the group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the oxygen atom.
- Cycloalkenyloxy refers to a cycloalkenyl-O- group in which the cycloalkenyl is as defined herein.
- the cycloalkenyloxy is a Ci-C 6 cycloalkenyloxy.
- the group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the oxygen atom.
- Haloalkyl refers to an alkyl group as defined herein in which one or more of the hydrogen atoms has been replaced with a halogen atom selected from the group consisting of fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine.
- a haloalkyl group typically has the formula C n H(2n+i -m ) m wherein each X is independently selected from the group consisting of F, CI, Br and I. In groups of this type n is typically from 1 to 10, more preferably from 1 to 6, most preferably 1 to 3.
- m is typically 1 to 6, more preferably 1 to 3.
- Examples of haloalkyl include fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl and trifluoromethyl.
- Haloalkenyl refers to an alkenyl group as defined herein in which one or more of the hydrogen atoms has been replaced with a halogen atom independently selected from the group consisting of F, CI, Br and I.
- Haloalkynyl refers to an alkynyl group as defined herein in which one or more of the hydrogen atoms has been replaced with a halogen atom independently selected from the group consisting of F, CI, Br and I.
- Halogen represents chlorine, fluorine, bromine or iodine.
- Heteroalkyl refers to a straight- or branched-chain alkyl group preferably having from 2 to 12 carbons, more preferably 2 to 6 carbons in the chain, in which one or more of the carbon atoms (and any associated hydrogen atoms) are each independently replaced by a heteroatomic group selected from S, 0, P and NR' where R' is selected from the group consisting of H, optionally-substituted C1 -C12 alkyl, optionally- substituted C3-C12 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted C6-C18 aryl, and optionally- substituted Ci-Ci 8 heteroaryl.
- heteroalkyls include alkyl ethers, secondary and tertiary alkyl amines, amides, alkyl sulfides, and the like.
- heteroalkyl also include hydroxyCi-C6 alkyl, Ci-C6-alkyloxyCi-C6 alkyl, amino-Ci-C6 alkyl, C1 -C6- alkylamino C1 -C6 alkyl, and di(Ci-C6-alkyl)amino C1 -C6 alkyl.
- the group may be a terminal group or a bridging group.
- Heteroalkyloxy refers to a heteroalkyl-O- group in which heteroalkyl is as defined herein.
- the heteroalkyloxy is a C2-C6 heteroalkyloxy.
- the group may be a terminal group or a bridging group.
- Heteroaryl either alone or part of a group refers to groups containing an aromatic ring (preferably a 5 or 6 membered aromatic ring) having one or more heteroatoms as ring atoms in the aromatic ring with the remainder of the ring atoms being carbon atoms. Suitable heteroatoms include nitrogen, oxygen and sulphur.
- heteroaryl examples include thiophene, benzothiophene, benzofuran, benzimidazole, benzoxazole, benzothiazole, benzisothiazole, naphtho[2,3-b]thiophene, furan, isoindolizine, xantholene, phenoxatine, pyrrole, imidazole, pyrazole, pyridine, pyrazine, pyrimidine, pyridazine, tetrazole, indole, isoindole, 1 H-indazole, purine, quinoline, isoquinoline, phthalazine, naphthyridine, quinoxaline, cinnoline, carbazole, phenanthridine, acridine, phenazine, thiazole, isothiazole, phenothiazine, oxazole, isooxazole, furazane, pheno
- Heteroarylalkyl means a heteroaryl-alkyl group in which the heteroaryl and alkyl moieties are as defined herein. Preferred heteroarylalkyl groups contain a lower alkyl moiety. Exemplary heteroarylalkyl groups include pyridylmethyl. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the alkyl group.
- Heteroarylalkenyl means a heteroaryl-alkenyl- group in which the heteroaryl and alkenyl moieties are as defined herein.
- the group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the alkenyl group.
- Heteroarylheteroalkyl means a heteroaryl-heteroalkyl- group in which the heteroaryl and heteroalkyl moieties are as defined herein.
- the group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the heteroalkyl group.
- Heteroaryloxy refers to a heteroaryl-O- group in which the heteroaryl is as defined herein.
- the heteroaryloxy is a Ci -Ci 8 heteroaryloxy.
- the group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the oxygen atom.
- Heterocyclic refers to saturated, partially unsaturated or fully unsaturated monocyclic, bicyclic or polycyclic ring system containing at least one heteroatom selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, sulfur and oxygen as a ring atom.
- heterocyclic moieties include heterocycloalkyi, heterocycloalkenyl and heteroaryl.
- Heterocycloalkenyl refers to a heterocycloalkyi group as defined herein but containing at least one double bond.
- a heterocycloalkenyl group typically is a C2-C12 heterocycloalkenyl group. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group.
- Heterocycloalkyi refers to a saturated monocyclic, bicyclic, or polycyclic ring containing at least one heteroatom selected from nitrogen, sulfur, oxygen, preferably from 1 to 3 heteroatoms in at least one ring. Each ring is preferably from 3 to 10 membered, more preferably 4 to 7 membered.
- heterocycloalkyi substituents examples include pyrrolidyl, tetrahydrofuryl, tetrahydrothiofuranyl, piperidyl, piperazyl, tetrahydropyranyl, morphilino, 1 ,3-diazapane, 1 ,4-diazapane, 1 ,4- oxazepane, and 1 ,4-oxathiapane.
- a heterocycloalkyi group typically is a C2-C12 heterocycloalkyi group. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group.
- Heterocycloalkylalkyl refers to a heterocycloalkyl-alkyl- group in which the heterocycloalkyi and alkyl moieties are as defined herein.
- exemplary heterocycloalkylalkyl groups include (2-tetrahydrofuryl)methyl,
- the group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the alkyl group.
- "Heterocycloalkylalkenyl” refers to a heterocycloalkyl-alkenyl- group in which the heterocycloalkyl and alkenyl moieties are as defined herein.
- the group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the alkenyl group.
- Heterocycloalkylheteroalkyl means a heterocycloalkyl-heteroalkyl- group in which the heterocycloalkyl and heteroalkyl moieties are as defined herein.
- the group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the heteroalkyl group.
- Heterocycloalkyloxy refers to a heterocycloalkyl-O- group in which the heterocycloalkyl is as defined herein.
- the heterocycloalkyloxy is a C1-C6 heterocycloalkyloxy.
- the group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the oxygen atom.
- Heterocycloalkenyloxy refers to a heterocycloalkenyl-O- group in which heterocycloalkenyl is as defined herein.
- the heterocycloalkenyloxy is a Ci- C6 heterocycloalkenyloxy.
- the group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the oxygen atom.
- Hydroalkyi refers to an alkyl group as defined herein in which one or more of the hydrogen atoms has been replaced with an OH group.
- a hydroxyalkyi group typically has the formula C n H(2n+i-x ) (OH) x .
- n is typically from 1 to 10, more preferably from 1 to 6, most preferably 1 to 3.
- x is typically 1 to 6, more preferably 1 to 3.
- the group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the sulfur atom.
- the group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the nitrogen atom.
- “N-protecting group” means a group that can prevent the nitrogen atom reacting during further derivatisation of the protected compound and which can be readily removed when desired. Examples of N-protecting groups include alkyl amines, benzyl amines, t-Boc, Alloc, CBz and Fmoc. Further examples of these groups are found in: Greene, T. W. and Wuts, P. G.
- O-protecting group means a group that can prevent the oxygen atom reacting during further derivatisation of the protected compound and which can be readily removed when desired.
- O-protecting groups include silyl ethers (e.g. trimethylsilyl ether, tert-butyldimethylsilyl ether), acetyl, benzoyl, benzyl trityl. Further examples of these groups are found in: Greene, T. W. and Wuts, P. G. M., Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, Second edition; Wiley-lnterscience: 1991 ; Chapter 7; McOmie, J. F. W. (ed.), Protective Groups in Organic Chemistry, Plenum Press, 1973; and Kocienski, P. J., Protecting Groups, Second Edition, Theime Medical Pub., 2000.
- the compounds of the invention include a linking moiety (L 1 ) which links the moiety containing the cyclooctyne to the second moiety (R 2 or X 5 -R 2 ).
- L 1 is a linking group that serves to act as a spacer between the cyclooctyne moiety and the second moiety.
- the linking group separates the cyclooctyne moiety and second moiety, which can individually react with a functionalised substrate and a functionalised molecule, tethering the substrate and molecule.
- L 1 is a linking moiety having from 1 to 25 atoms in the normal chain. In some embodiments L 1 is a linking moiety having from 1 to 20 atoms in the normal chain. In some embodiments L 1 is a linking moiety having from 1 to 15 atoms in the normal chain. In some embodiments L 1 is a linking moiety having from 1 to 12 atoms in the normal chain. In some embodiments L 1 is a linking moiety having from 1 to 10 atoms in the normal chain. In some embodiments L 1 is a linking moiety having from 1 to 8 atoms in the normal chain. In some embodiments L 1 has 8 atoms in the normal chain. In some embodiments L 1 has 7 atoms in the normal chain.
- L 1 has 6 atoms in the normal chain. In some embodiments L 1 has 5 atoms in the normal chain. In some embodiments L 1 has 4 atoms in the normal chain. In some embodiments L 1 has 3 atoms in the normal chain. In some embodiments L 1 has 2 atoms in the normal chain. In some embodiments L 1 has 1 atom in the normal chain.
- a wide range of possible moieties may be used to create a linking moiety of this type.
- moieties that may be used in the creation of L 1 include optionally-substituted C1-C12 alkyl, optionally-substituted C1 -C12 heteroalkyl, optionally-substituted C3-C12 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted C6-C18 aryl, and optionally-substituted C1-C18 heteroaryl.
- L 1 is of the Formula (II):
- A is bonded to the cyclopropane group of Formula (I) and A is selected from the group consisting of: a bond and (CR 3 R 4 ) m ;
- X 1 is selected from the group consisting of: a bond, 0, NH, NR 5 , S and CR 6 R 7 ;
- X 2 is selected from the group consisting of: 0 and S;
- L 2 is bonded to the R 2 group and is of the Formula X 3 (CR 8 R 9 ) p [X 4 (CR 10 R 1 1 ) q ] r (CR 12 R 13 ) S X 5
- X 3 is selected from the group consisting of: a bond, 0, NH, NR 14 , S and
- X 4 is selected from the group consisting of: a bond, 0, NH, NR 14 , S and CR 15 R 16 ;
- X 5 is selected from the group consisting of: a bond, 0, NH, NR 14 , S, CR 15 R 16 , optionally-substituted alkyl, HN-(optionally-substitute alkyl)-, R 14 N- (optionally-substituted alkyl)-, 0-(optionally-substituted kyl)-, optionally- substituted C 5- 12 aryl, HN-(optionally-substituted C 5- i 2 aryl)-, R 14 N-(optionally- substituted C 5- i 2 aryl)-, 0-(optionally-substituted C 5- i 2 aryl)-, HN(CO)-(optionally- substituted C5-12 aryl)-, R 14 N(CO)-(optionally-substituted C5-12 aryl)-, O(CO)- (optionally-substituted 05-12 aryl)-, (CO)NH-(optionally
- each R 3 , R 4 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 R 9 R 10 , R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , R 15 and R 16 is independently selected from the group consisting of: H, OH, halogen, optionally-substituted Ci-12 alkyl, optionally-substituted C 2- 12 alkenyl, optionally-substituted C 2- 12 alkynyl, optionally-substituted C3-12 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted C3-12 cycloalkenyl, optionally-substituted OCi-12 alkyl, optionally-substituted OC2-12 alkenyl, optionally- substituted OC2-12 alkynyl, optionally-substituted OC3-12 cycloalkyl and optionally- substituted OC 3- i2 cycloalkenyl;
- n is an integer selected from the group consisting of: 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 and 8
- m is an integer selected from the group consisting of: 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6
- each p, q, r and s is an integer independently selected from the group consisting of: 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6.
- each R is independently selected from the group consisting of: H, halogen, OH, NO 2 , CN, SH, NH 2 , CF 3 , OCHF 2 , OCF 3 , optionally-substituted C1-12 alkyl, optionally-substituted haloalkyl, optionally-substituted 02-12 alkenyl, optionally- substituted C 2- 12 alkynyl, optionally-substituted C 2- 12 heteroalkyl, optionally-substituted C 3- 12 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted C 3- 12 cycloalkenyl, optionally-substituted 02-12 heterocycloalkyl, optionally-substituted 02-12 heterocycloalkenyl, optionally-substituted Ce-18 aryl, optionally-substituted C-M S heteroaryl, optionally-substituted Ci-12 alkyloxy, optionally-substituted C 2- 12
- A is selected from the group consisting of: a bond and (CR 3 R 4 ) m ;
- X 1 is selected from the group consisting of: a bond, O, N H, NR 5 , S and CR 6 R 7 ;
- X 2 is selected from the group consisting of: O and S;
- L 2 is of the Formula (III): X 3 (CR 8 R 9 ) p [X 4 (CR 1 0 R 1 1 ) q ] r (CR 12 R 1 3 ) S X 5
- R 2 is selected from the group consisting of: optionally substituted C-M2 alkyl, optionally substituted C2-12 alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-12 alkynyl, optionally substituted C 3- i 2 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C 3- i 2 cycloalkenyl, NH 2 , ONH 2 , NHNH 2 , NHNR a R p , NH(CO) (optionally-substituted C 1 -6 alkyl)ONH 2 , NH(CO) (optionally-substituted Ci -6 alkyl)NH 2 , NH(CO)(optionally-substituted Ci -6 alkyl)NHNH 2 , NH(CO) (optionally-substituted C 1 -6 alkyl)NHNR a R p , (CO)NH (optionally-substituted Ci -6 alkyl)ONH 2 , (CO)NH (optionally-substituted
- each R a and R p is independently selected from the group consisting of: H, OH, optionally-substituted Ci-12 alkyl, optionally-substituted C2-12 alkenyl, optionally- substituted C2-12 alkynyl, optionally-substituted C 3- 12 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted C 3- 12 cycloalkenyl, optionally-substituted OCi-12 alkyl, optionally-substituted OC2-12 alkenyl, optionally-substituted OC 2- i2 alkynyl, optionally-substituted OC 3- i 2 cycloalkyl and optionally-substituted OC 3- i 2 cycloalkenyl; or R a and R p when combined together provide the group of Formula (l-a):
- each of R x and R 5 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, optionally-substituted alkyl, optionally-substituted 02-12 alkenyl, optionally- substituted C 2- 12 alkynyl, optionally-substituted C 3- i 2 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted C3-12 cycloalkenyl;
- X 3 is selected from the group consisting of: a bond, O, NH, NR 14 , S and
- X 4 is selected from the group consisting of: a bond, O, NH, NR 14 , S and CR 15 R 16 ;
- X 5 is selected from the group consisting of: a bond, O, NH, NR 14 , S, CR 15 R 16 , optionally-substituted alkyl, HN-(optionally-substituted Ci-12 alkyl)-, R 14 N- (optionally-substituted Ci-i 2 alkyl)-, O-(optionally-substituted Ci-i 2 alkyl)-, optionally- substituted C5-12 aryl, HN-(optionally-substituted Cs-12 aryl)-, R 14 N-(optionally- substituted Cs-12 aryl)-, O-(optionally-substituted Cs-12 aryl)-, HN(CO)-(optionally- substituted C 5- i 2 aryl)-, R 14 N(CO)-(optionally-substituted C 5- i 2 aryl)-, O(CO)- (optionally-substituted C 5- i 2 ary
- each R 5 and R 14 is independently selected from the group consisting of: optionally-substituted Ci-12 alkyl and N-protecting group;
- each R 3 , R 4 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 R 9 R 10 , R 1 1 , R 12 , R 1 3 , R 15 and R 16 is independently selected from the group consisting of: H, OH, halogen, optionally-substituted Ci-i 2 alkyl, optionally-substituted C2-12 alkenyl, optionally-substituted C2-12 alkynyl, optionally-substituted C3-12 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted C3-12 cycloalkenyl, optionally-substituted OCi-12 alkyl, optionally-substituted OC2-12 alkenyl, optionally- substituted 0C 2- 12 alkynyl, optionally-substituted OC 3- i 2 cycloalkyl and optionally- substituted OC3-12 cycloalkenyl;
- n is an integer selected from the group consisting of: 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 and 8; m is an integer selected from the group consisting of: 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6; and each p, q, r and s is an integer independently selected from the group consisting of: 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6.
- the present invention includes mixtures of compounds wherein the value of p may vary within the mixture of compounds. In some embodiments the present invention includes mixtures of compounds wherein the value of q may vary within the mixture of compounds. In some embodiments the present invention includes mixtures of compounds wherein the value of r may vary within the mixture of compounds. In some embodiments the present invention includes mixtures of compounds wherein the value of s may vary within the mixture of compounds.
- A, X 1 , X 2 and L 2 are chosen and combined such that L 1 is of Formula (X-a):
- A, X 1 , X 2 and L 2 are chosen and combined such that L 1 is of Formula (X-c):
- A, X 1 , X 2 and L 2 are chosen and combined such that L 1 is of Formula (X-d):
- A, X 1 , X 2 and L 2 are chosen and combined such that L 1 is of Formula (X-e):
- A, X 1 , X 2 and L 2 are chosen and combined such that L 1 is of Formula (X-f):
- A, X 1 , X 2 and L 2 are chosen and combined such that L 1 is of Formula (X-h):
- A, X 1 , X 2 and L 2 are chosen and combined such that L 1 is of Formula (X-i):
- A, X 1 , X 2 and L 2 are chosen and combined such that L 1 is of Formula (X-l):
- A, X 1 , X 2 and L 2 are chosen and combined such that L 1 is of Formula (X-n):
- n is 0.
- R a and R b are independently selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen, OH, halogen, optionally-substituted alkyl, and optionally-substituted OCi-12 alkyl.
- R a and R b are independently selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen, OH, alkyl, and OC-i-12 alkyl.
- R a and R b are hydrogen.
- A is a bond. In some embodiments A is (CR 3 R 4 ) m . In some embodiments m is 1 , in some embodiments m is 2, in some embodiments m is 3, in some embodiments m is 4, in some embodiments m is 5, in some embodiments m is 6. In some embodiments R 3 and R 4 are each H.
- A is CH 2 .
- A is CH 2 and X 1 is O. This provides a compound of Formula (ll-c):
- A is CH 2 and X 1 is O and X 2 is O.
- X 3 is O or NH.
- A is CH 2 and X 1 is 0 and X 2 is 0 and X 3 is NH such that L 2 has the Formula (lll-b): NH(CR 8 R 9 ) p [X 4 (CR 10 R 11 ) q ] r (CR 12 R 3 ) S X 5
- R 8 , R 9 , R 12 , and R 13 are H. In some embodiments R 10 and R 11 are H.
- p is an integer independently selected group the group consisting of: 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6. In some embodiments p is 0, in some embodiments p is 1 , in some embodiments p is 2, in some embodiments p is 3, in some embodiments p is 4, in some embodiments p is 5, in some embodiments p is 6.
- q is an integer independently selected group the group consisting of: 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6. In some embodiments q is 0, in some embodiments q is 1 , in some embodiments q is 2, in some embodiments q is 3, in some embodiments q is 4, in some embodiments q is 5, in some embodiments q is 6. In some embodiments r is an integer independently selected group the group consisting of: 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6. In some embodiments r is 0, in some embodiments r is 1 , in some embodiments r is 2, in some embodiments r is 3, in some embodiments r is 4, in some embodiments r is 5, in some embodiments r is 6.
- s is an integer independently selected group the group consisting of: 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6. In some embodiments s is 0, in some embodiments s is 1 , in some embodiments s is 2, in some embodiments s is 3, in some embodiments s is 4, in some embodiments s is 5, in some embodiments s is 6.
- X 4 is O. In some embodiments X 4 is NH.
- X 5 is 0.
- X 5 is NH
- X 5 is optionally-substituted Ci--i 2 alkyl.
- X 5 is HN- (optionally-substituted Ci--i 2 alkyl)-.
- X 5 is R 14 N-(optionally- substituted Ci-12 alkyl)-.
- X 5 is 0-(optionally-substituted Ci-12 alkyl)-.
- X 5 is HN(CO)-(optionally-substituted C 5- i 2 aryl). In some embodiments X 5 is HN(CO)-(optionally-substituted C2-12 heteroaryl)-.
- each R 1 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, OH, C 1-6 alkyl and OC 1-6 Alkyl.
- R 2 is
- the compound is of the Formula (IV):
- each R a and R b is independently selected from the group consisting of: H, OH, halogen, optionally-substituted alkyl, optionally-substituted C2-12 alkenyl, optionally-substituted C 2- 12 alkynyl, optionally-substituted C 3- i 2 cycloalkyl, optionally- substituted C3-12 cycloalkenyl, optionally-substituted OCi-12 alkyl, optionally- substituted OC2-12 alkenyl, optionally-substituted OC2-12 alkynyl, optionally-substituted OC3-12 cycloalkyl and optionally-substituted OC3-12 cycloalkenyl;
- each R 1 is independently selected from the group consisting of: H, halogen,
- n is an integer selected from the group consisting of: 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 and 8;
- each R C , R D and R E is independently selected from the group consisting of: H, OH, halogen, optionally-substituted Ci-i 2 alkyl, optionally-substituted C 2- 12 heteroalkyl, optionally-substituted C3- 12 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted OC6-18 aryl, and optionally-substituted OCM S heteroaryl.
- R 2A is selected from the group consisting of: OH, optionally-substituted OCi- 12 alkyl, optionally-substituted OC 2- i 2 alkenyl, optionally-substituted OC 2- i 2 alkynyl, optionally-substituted OC3- 12 cycloalkyl and optionally-substituted OC3- 12 cycloalkenyl.
- L 1 is of the Formula (II):
- A is bonded to the cyclopropane group of Formula (I) and A is selected from the group consisting of: a bond and (CR 3 R 4 ) m ;
- X 1 is selected from the group consisting of: a bond, O, NH, NR 5 , S and CR 6 R 7 ;
- X 2 is selected from the group consisting of: O and S;
- L 2 is bonded to the squarate group and is of the Formula (III): X 3 (CR 8 R 9 ) p [X 4 (CR 10 R 1 1 ) q ] r (CR 12 R 13 ) S X 5
- each formula includes compounds having the indicated structure, including the hydrated as well as the non- hydrated forms.
- the compound may find a multiple number of applications in which the compound can be used to link nanoparticles to biological molecules.
- a quantum dot QD
- QD quantum dot
- the compounds of the present invention possess a cyclooctyne functional group at one end and another functional group at the other end, which is capable of reacting with an amine, aldehyde or ketone group.
- functional groups that are capable of reacting with an aldehyde or ketone groups may include amine, aminooxy, hydrazide, semicarbazide and carbohydrazide functional groups.
- Examples of functional groups that are capable of reacting with an amine may include a squarate. These functional groups provide means to link the functionalised QD and the functionalised biological molecule by reacting the functional groups of the compound with the functionalised QD and/or functionalised biological molecule.
- the invention relates to a process of linking a quantum dot (QD) to a biological molecule, the process comprising the step: i) reacting an end of the compound as previously described, with either a functionalised QD or a functionalised biological molecule, linking either the functionalised QD or the functionalised biological molecule to a first end of the compound; and step ii) reacting the remaining end group from the product of step i), with either one of the functionalised QD or the functionalised biological molecule which was not used in step i) to provide a QD linked to a biological molecule.
- QD quantum dot
- step i) comprises reacting the end of the compound which contains the alkyne group, with a functionalised QD, linking the QD to a first end of the compound; and step ii) comprises reacting the end of the product from step i) which does not contain an alkyne group with a functionalised biological molecule, linking the biological molecule to a second end.
- step i) comprises reacting the end of the compound which does not contain the alkyne functional group, with a functionalised biological molecule, linking the biological molecule to a first end of the compound; and step ii) comprises reacting the end of the product from step i) which contains the alkyne group with a functionalised QD, linking the QD to a second end.
- the functionalised QD is an azide-functionalised QD.
- the functionalised biological molecule is an amine-, aldehyde- or ketone-functionalised biological molecule.
- a QD can be linked to the biological molecule by reacting a functionalised QD with one end of the compound. This results in a QD which is linked to the compound at one end.
- the product can be reacted with a functionalised biological molecule, linking the biological molecule to the opposite end of the compound.
- the QD can be linked to the biological molecule by reacting a functionalised biological molecule with one end of the compound. This results in a biological molecule which is linked to the compound at one end.
- the product can be reacted with a functionalised QD, linking the QD to the opposite end of the compound.
- the cyclooctyne moiety can react with an either an azide-functionalised QD or an azide-functionalised biological molecule.
- the cyclooctyne moiety will react with the azide-functionalised QD or azide-functionalised biological molecule via a [3+2] cycloaddition reaction.
- the amine, aminooxy, hydrazide, semicarbazide or carbohydrazide moiety of the compound can react with an aldehyde- or ketone- functionalised QD or an aldehyde- or ketone-functionalised biological molecule.
- a squarate moiety of the compound can react with an amine-functionalised QD or an amine-functionalised biological molecule.
- the compound therefore, acts as a tether, covalently linking the QD to the biological molecule.
- the cyclooctyne moiety reacts with an azide-functionalised QD and in some embodiments the squarate, amine, aminooxy, hydrazide, semicarbazide or carbohydrazide moiety reacts with an amine-, aldehyde- or ketone-functionalised biological molecule.
- Scheme 5 Another example is illustrated below in Scheme 5.
- the embodiment shown in Scheme 5 the cyclooctyne moiety reacts with an azide-functionalised biological molecule and the squarate moiety reacts with an amino-functionalised quantum dot.
- the compounds of Formula (V) as used in the process of the present invention may be synthesized using a number of synthetic routes.
- the invention provides a process for the preparation of a compound of Formula (V).
- the process comprises coupling the compound of Formula (VI):
- LG is a leaving group, R 1 and n are as defined above, in a coupling reaction with a compound of Formula (Vll-a):
- X 3a is selected from the group consisting of: OH, NH 2 and NHR 14 ;
- X 4 is independently selected from the group consisting of: a bond, O, NH, NR 14 , S and CR 15 R 16 ;
- X 5a is selected from the group consisting of: OH, NH 2 , NHR 14 , OR 18 CO 2 R 19 ; each R 8 R 9 , R 10 , R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , R 15 and R 16 is independently selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen, OH, halogen, optionally-substituted Ci--i 2 alkyl, optionally-substituted C 2- i 2 alkenyl, optionally-substituted C 2- i 2 alkynyl, optionally- substituted C 3- i 2 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted C 3- i 2 cycloalkenyl, optionally- substituted OCi-i 2 alkyl, optionally-substituted OC 2- i 2 alkenyl, optionally-substituted OC 2- i 2 alkynyl, optionally-substituted OC3-i 2 cycloalkyl and optionally-substit
- R 14 is independently selected from the group consisting of: optionally- substituted C1-12 alkyl and N-protecting group;
- R 18 is selected from the group consisting of: optionally-substituted C1-12 alkyl, optionally-substituted C 2- i 2 alkenyl, optionally-substituted C 2- i 2 alkynyl, optionally- substituted C 3- i 2 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted C 3- i 2 cycloalkenyl and O-protecting group;
- R 19 is selected from the group consisting of: H, optionally-substituted C ⁇ . ⁇ 2 alkyl, optionally-substituted 02-12 alkenyl, optionally-substituted 02-12 alkynyl, optionally-substituted C3-12 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted C3-12 cycloalkenyl and COOH-protecting group; and
- each p, q, r and s is an integer independently selected from the group consisting of: 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6;
- the compound of Formula (VI) is typically reacted, in the presence of a base, with the compound of Formula (Vll-a).
- the solvent is chosen so as not to be reactive with the base.
- suitable bases include chlorinated solvents, alcohols and dipolar aprotic solvents. Specific examples of suitable solvents include dichloromethane (CH2CI2), chloroform (CCI3), ethanol, methanol, DMSO and DMF. In general a base is used. In some instances the amine of Formula (Vll-a) may also be used as a base.
- suitable bases include amine bases, alkali earth metal carbonates, alkali earth metal acetates and alkali earth metal hydroxides.
- suitable bases include sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, caesium carbonate, sodium hydrogen carbonate, potassium hydrogen carbonate, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium acetate, potassium acetate, triethylamine, diisopropylamine, diisopropylethylamine, pyridine and piperidine. In some instances the base may also act as a solvent.
- the amount of base chosen will depend on the desired speed of reaction but is chosen to ensure consumption of starting material is achieved. In general therefore an excess of base on a molar equivalent is used. Typically the amount of base used is from 1 to 5 molar equivalents, more typically 1 to 4 molar equivalents, more typically 1 to 3 molar equivalents, more typically 1 to 2 molar equivalents, more typically 1 to 1 .5 molar equivalents, more typically 1 to 1 .2 molar equivalents
- the reaction may be carried out at any suitable temperature although it is typically conducted at room temperature. However the reaction may also be conducted at from 0°C to 150°C, more typically from 15°C to 80°C, more typically from 20°C to 35°C.
- the reaction is typically conducted until analysis of the mixture shows consumption of starting material. This typically takes from 5 minutes to 24 hours, more typically from 15 minutes to 8 hours, more typically from 30 minutes to 1 hour. As will be appreciated, however, it is typically quite routine for a skilled addressee to monitor the reaction. Some methods of monitoring a reaction might include TLC, HPLC, mass spectrometry and NMR.
- R 2 and R 20 is selected independently from the group consisting of: OH, CO2R 22 , optionally-substituted OC1-12 alkyl, optionally-substituted OC2-12 alkenyl, optionally-substituted OC2-12 alkynyl, optionally-substituted OC3-12 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted OC3-12 cycloalkenyl, NHR 17 , NHNHR 17 , NHNR a R p , ONHR 17
- each R a and R p is independently selected from the group consisting of: H, OH, optionally-substituted alkyl, optionally-substituted C2-12 alkenyl, optionally- substituted C2-12 alkynyl, optionally-substituted C3-12 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted C 3- 12 cycloalkenyl, optionally-substituted OCi-i 2 alkyl, optionally-substituted OC 2- i2 alkenyl, optionally-substituted OC2-12 alkynyl, optionally-substituted OC3-12 cycloalkyl and optionally-substituted OC3-12 cycloalkenyl; or R a and R p when combined together provide the group of Formula (l-a):
- each of R x and R 5 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, optionally-substituted Ci-12 alkyl, optionally-substituted C2-12 alkenyl, optionally- substituted C2-12 alkynyl, optionally-substituted C3-12 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted C 3- 12 cycloalkenyl;
- each R 17 and R 21 is independently selected from the group consisting of: H, optionally-substituted Ci-12 alkyl and N-protecting group;
- R is selected from the group consisting of: H, halogen, optionally-substituted C-i-12 alkyl, optionally-substituted C 2- 12 alkenyl, optionally-substituted C 2- 12 alkynyl, optionally-substituted C3-12 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted C2-12 heterocycloalkyl, optionally-substituted C3-12 cycloalkenyl, optionally-substituted C2-12 heterocycloalkenyl, optionally-substituted Ce-18 aryl, optionally-substituted Ce-18 alkylaryl, optionally-substituted heteroaryl, optionally-substituted Ci-i 8 alkylheteroaryl to provide a compound of Formula (V):
- each R 1 is independently selected from the group consisting of: H, halogen, OH, NO 2 , CN, SH, NH 2 , CF 3 , OCHF 2 , OCF 3 , optionally-substituted C1-12 alkyl, optionally-substituted Ci--i 2 haloalkyl, optionally-substituted C 2- i 2 alkenyl, optionally- substituted C 2- 12 alkynyl, optionally-substituted C 2- 12 heteroalkyl, optionally-substituted C3-i 2 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted C3-i 2 cycloalkenyl, optionally-substituted C 2- i 2 heterocycloalkyl, optionally-substituted C 2- i 2 heterocycloalkenyl, optionally-substituted Ce-18 aryl, optionally-substituted C-MS heteroaryl, optionally-substituted
- R c , R d and R e are each independently-selected from the group consisting of: H, OH, halogen, optionally-substituted Ci_i 2 alkyl, optionally-substituted C 2- i 2 heteroalkyl, optionally-substituted C3-i 2 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted OCe-18 aryl, and optionally-substituted OCM S heteroaryl;
- stereochemistry of the cyclopropane-fused cyclooctyne may be either endo or exo;
- X 4 is independently selected from the group consisting of: a bond, O, NH, NR 14 , S and CR 15 R 16 ;
- X 5 is selected from the group consisting of: O, NH, NR 14 , optionally-substituted C-i-12 alkyl, HN-(optionally-substituted C-i-12 alkyl)-, R 14 N-(optionally-substituted C-i-12 alkyl)- O-(optionally-substituted Ci-i 2 alkyl)-, optionally-substituted C 5- i 2 aryl, HN- (optionally-substituted Cs-12 aryl)-, R 14 N-(optionally-substituted Cs-12 aryl)-, O- (optionally-substituted Cs-12 aryl)-, HN(CO)-(optionally-substituted Cs-12 aryl)-, R 14 N(CO)-(optionally-substituted C5-12 aryl)-, O(CO)-(optionally-substituted C5-12 aryl)-
- R 2 is selected from the group consisting of: optionally substituted C1-12 alkyl, optionally substituted C2-12 alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-12 alkynyl, optionally substituted 03-12 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted 03-12 cycloalkenyl, NHR 17 , ONHR 17 , NHNHR 17 , NHNR a R p , NH(CO)(optionally-substituted Ci_ 6 alkyl)ONHR 17 , NH(CO)(optionally-substituted Ci_ 6 alkyl)NHR 17 , NH(CO)(optionally-substituted Ci_ 6 alkyl)NHNHR 17 , NH(CO)(optionally-substituted Ci_ 6 alkyl)NHNR a R p , (CO)NH(optionally-substituted Ci -6 alkyl)ONHR 17 , (CO)NH(optionally-substituted Ci -6 alkyl
- each R a and R p is independently selected from the group consisting of: H, OH, optionally-substituted C-i-12 alkyl, optionally-substituted 02-12 alkenyl, optionally- substituted C 2- 12 alkynyl, optionally-substituted C 3- i 2 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted C3-12 cycloalkenyl, optionally-substituted OCi-12 alkyl, optionally-substituted OC2-12 alkenyl, optionally-substituted OC2-12 alkynyl, optionally-substituted OC3-12 cycloalkyl and optionally-substituted OC3-12 cycloalkenyl; or R a and R p when combined together provide the group of Formula (l-a):
- each of R x and R 5 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, optionally-substituted alkyl, optionally-substituted 02-12 alkenyl, optionally- substituted C 2- 12 alkynyl, optionally-substituted C 3- i 2 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted C3-12 cycloalkenyl; each R 8 , R 9 , R 10 , R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , R 15 and R 16 is independently selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen, OH, halogen, optionally-substituted C-i-12 alkyl, optionally-substituted 02-12 alkenyl, optionally-substituted 02-12 alkynyl, optionally-substituted C 3- i 2 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted C 3- i 2 cycloalkenyl, optionally-substituted OCi-12 alkyl, optionally
- each R 14 and R 17 is independently selected from the group consisting of: H, optionally-substituted alkyl and N-protecting group;
- n is an integer selected from the group consisting of: 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 and 8;
- each p, q, r and s is an integer independently selected from the group consisting of: 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6.
- the compound of Formula (VIII) is reacted with a compound of Formula (IX) in the presence of a base.
- the solvent is chosen so as not to be reactive with the base.
- suitable bases include chlorinated solvents, alcohols and dipolar aprotic solvents.
- Specific examples of suitable solvents include dichloromethane (CH2CI2), chloroform (CCI3), ethanol, methanol, DMSO and DMF.
- a base is used.
- suitable bases include amine bases, alkali earth metal carbonates, alkali earth metal acetates and alkali earth metal hydroxides.
- suitable bases include sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, caesium carbonate, sodium hydrogen carbonate, potassium hydrogen carbonate, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium acetate, potassium acetate, triethylamine, diisopropylamine, diisopropylethylamine, pyridine and piperidine.
- the base may also act as a solvent.
- the amount of base chosen will depend on the desired speed of reaction but is chosen to ensure consumption of starting material is achieved. In general therefore an excess of base on a molar equivalent is used.
- the amount of base used is from 1 to 5 molar equivalents, more typically 1 to 4 molar equivalents, more typically 1 to 3 molar equivalents, more typically 1 to 2 molar equivalents, more typically 1 to 1 .5 molar equivalents, more typically 1 to 1 .2 molar equivalents
- the reaction may be carried out at any suitable temperature although it is typically conducted at room temperature. However the reaction may also be conducted at from 0°C to 150°C, more typically from 15°C to 80°C, more typically from 20°C to 35°C.
- the reaction is typically conducted until analysis of the mixture shows consumption of starting material. This typically takes from 5 minutes to 24 hours, more typically from 15 minutes to 8 hours, more typically from 30 minutes to 1 hour. As will be appreciated, however, it is typically quite routine for a skilled addressee to monitor the reaction. Some methods of monitoring a reaction might include TLC, HPLC, mass spectrometry and NMR. In some embodiments of the invention the compound of Formula (IX) is of Formula (IX)
- R 17 is selected from the group consisting of: optionally-substituted Ci-i 2 alkyl and N-protecting group.
- the compound of Formula (IX) is of Formula (IX-b):
- R 17 is selected from the group consisting of: optionally-substituted alkyl and N-protecting group.
- the compound of Formula (IX) is of Formula (IX-c):
- R 17 is selected from the group consisting of: optionally-substituted Ci-i 2 alkyl and N-protecting group.
- the compound of Formula (IX) is of Formi. (IX-d):
- R 2a is selected from the group consisting of: OH, optionally-substituted OCi- 12 alkyl, optionally-substituted OC 2- i2 alkenyl, optionally-substituted OC 2- i 2 alkynyl, optionally-substituted OC3- 12 cycloalkyl and optionally-substituted OC3- 12 cycloalkenyl.
- the compound is of Formula (IX-d), wherein R 2a is OMe. In some embodiments of the invention the compound is of Formula (IX- d), wherein R 2a is OMEt. In some embodiments of the invention the compound of Formula (IX) is of Formula (IX-e):
- the compound produced in step b) is further N-deprotected or N-dealkylated.
- the compound of Formula (IX) is hydrazine (NH 2 NH 2 ).
- the compound of Formula (Vll-a) is 4,7,10-trioxa- 1 , 13-tridecanediamine of Formula (Vll-c):
- the compound of Formula (Vll-a) is the compound of Formula (Vll-d):
- the compound of Formula (Vll-a) is the compound of Formula (Vll-e):
- the compound of Formula (VI) is selected from: wherein LG is a leaving group, selected independently from the group consisting of:
- the compound of Formula (VI) is selected from:
- the solvent is chosen so as not to be reactive with the base.
- suitable bases include chlorinated solvents, alcohols and dipolar aprotic solvents.
- suitable solvents include dichloromethane (CH 2 CI 2 ), chloroform (CCI 3 ), ethanol, methanol, DMSO and DMF.
- the reaction of 4-nitrophenyl chloroformate can be conducted in the presence of a base.
- suitable bases include amine bases, alkali earth metal carbonates, alkali earth metal acetates and alkali earth metal hydroxides.
- suitable bases include sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, caesium carbonate, sodium hydrogen carbonate, potassium hydrogen carbonate, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium acetate, potassium acetate, triethylamine, diisopropylamine, diisopropylethylamine, pyridine and piperidine.
- the base may also act as a solvent.
- the amount of base chosen will depend on the desired speed of reaction but is chosen to ensure consumption of starting material is achieved. In general therefore an excess of base on a molar equivalent is used. Typically the amount of base used is from 1 to 5 molar equivalents, more typically 1 to 4 molar equivalents, more typically 1 to 3 molar equivalents, more typically 1 to 2 molar equivalents, more typically 1 to 1 .5 molar equivalents, more typically 1 to 1 .2 molar equivalents
- the reaction may be carried out at any suitable temperature although it is typically conducted at room temperature. However, the reaction may also be conducted at from 0°C to 150°C, more typically from 15°C to 80°C, more typically from 20°C to 35°C.
- the reaction is typically conducted until analysis of the mixture shows consumption of starting material. This typically takes from 5 minutes to 24 hours, more typically from 15 minutes to 8 hours, more typically from 30 minutes to 1 hour. As will be appreciated, however, it is typically quite routine for a skilled addressee to monitor the reaction. Some methods of monitoring a reaction might include TLC, HPLC, mass spectrometry and NMR.
- a process for the preparation of a compound of the present invention, endo-5 may include the process illustrated in Scheme 6:
- the invention provides another process for the preparation of a compound of Formula (V).
- the process comprises coupling a compound of Formula (Vll-b):
- X 3a is selected from the group consisting of: OH, NH 2 and NHR 14 ;
- X 4 is selected from the group consisting of: a bond, O, NH, NR 14 , S, CR 15 R 16 ;
- X 5 is selected from the group consisting of: a bond, O, NH, NR 14 , S, CR 15 R 16 , optionally-substituted alkyl, HN-(optionally-substituted Ci-12 alkyl)-, R 14 N- (optionally-substituted Ci-i 2 alkyl)-, O-(optionally-substituted Ci-i 2 alkyl)-, optionally- substituted C5-12 aryl, HN-(optionally-substituted Cs-12 aryl)-, R 14 N-(optionally- substituted C 5- i 2 aryl)-, O-(optionally-substituted C 5- i 2 aryl)-, HN(CO)-(optionally- substituted C5-12 aryl)- R 14 N(CO)-(optionally-substituted C5-12 aryl)- O(CO)- (optionally-substituted Cs-12 aryl)-,
- R 2 is selected from the group consisting of: optionally substituted C1-12 alkyl, optionally substituted C 2- i 2 alkenyl, optionally substituted C 2- i 2 alkynyl, optionally substituted 03-12 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted 03-12 cycloalkenyl, NHR 17 , ONHR 17 , NHNHR 17 , NHNR a R p , NH(CO)(optionally-substituted Ci -6 alkyl)ONHR 17 , NH(CO)(optionally-substituted Ci -6 alkyl)NHR 17 , NH(CO)(optionally-substituted Ci -6 alkyl)NHNHR 17 , NH(CO)(optionally-substituted Ci -6 alkyl)NHNR a R p , (CO)NH(optionally-substituted Ci -6 alkyl)ONHR 17 , (CO)NH(optionally-substituted Ci
- each R a and R p is independently selected from the group consisting of: H, OH, optionally-substituted C1- 2 alkyl, optionally-substituted C 2- i 2 alkenyl, optionally- substituted C 2- i 2 alkynyl, optionally-substituted C3-i 2 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted C 3- i 2 cycloalkenyl, optionally-substituted OCi_i 2 alkyl, optionally-substituted OC 2- i 2 alkenyl, optionally-substituted OC 2- i 2 alkynyl, optionally-substituted OC3-i 2 cycloalkyl and optionally-substituted OC3-i 2 cycloalkenyl; or R a and R p when combined together provide the group of Formula (l-a): wherein each of R x and R 5 is independently selected from the group consisting
- each R 8 R 9 , R 10 , R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , R 15 and R 16 is independently selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen, OH, halogen, optionally-substituted Ci-12 alkyl, optionally-substituted C 2- 12 alkenyl, optionally-substituted C 2- 12 alkynyl, optionally- substituted C3-i 2 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted C3-i 2 cycloalkenyl, optionally- substituted OCi-i 2 alkyl, optionally-substituted OC 2- i 2 alkenyl, optionally-substituted OC 2- i 2 alkynyl, optionally-substituted OC3-i 2 cycloalkyl and optionally-substituted OC3- 2 cycloalkenyl;
- each R 14 and R 17 is independently selected from the group consisting of: H, optionally-substituted Ci-i 2 alkyl and N-protecting group; and
- each p, q, r and s is an integer independently selected from the group consisting of: 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6, and in a coupling reaction with a compound of Formula of Formula (VI):
- R 1 and n are as defined above and LG is a leaving group;
- R 1 is selected from the group consisting of: H, halogen, OH, NO 2 , CN, SH, NH 2 , CF 3 , OCHF 2 , OCF3, optionally-substituted C1-12 alkyl, optionally-substituted Ci-12 haloalkyl, optionally-substituted 02-12 alkenyl, optionally-substituted 02-12 alkynyl, optionally-substituted 02-12 heteroalkyl, optionally-substituted 03-12 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted C 3- i 2 cycloalkenyl, optionally-substituted C 2- 12 heterocycloalkyl, optionally-substituted 02-12 heterocycloalkenyl, optionally-substituted Ce-18 aryl, optionally-substituted CM S heteroaryl, optionally-substituted Ci-12 alkyloxy, optionally- substituted C2-12 alky
- R c , R d and R e are each independently-selected from the group consisting of: H, OH, halogen, optionally-substituted C1-12 alkyl, optionally-substituted C2-12 heteroalkyl, optionally-substituted C3-12 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted OCe-18 aryl, and optionally-substituted OC1-18 heteroaryl;
- L is of the Formula (III): X 3 (CR 8 R 9 )p [X 4 (CR 10 R 1 1 ) q ] r (CR 12 R 13 )s X 5
- X 3 is selected from the group consisting of: O, NH and NR 14 ;
- X 5 is selected from the group consisting of: a bond, O, NH, NR 14 , S, CR 15 R 16 , optionally-substituted C1-12 alkyl, HN-(optionally-substituted C1-12 alkyl)-, R 14 N- (optionally-substituted C1-12 alkyl)-, O-(optionally-substituted C1-12 alkyl)-, optionally- substituted C5-12 aryl, HN-(optionally-substituted C5-12 aryl)-, R 14 N-(optionally- substituted C5-12 aryl)-, O-(optionally-substituted C5-12 aryl)-, HN(CO)-(optionally- substituted C5-12 aryl)-, R 14 N(CO)-(optionally-substituted C5-12 aryl)-, O(CO)- (optionally-substituted C5-12 aryl)-,
- each R a and R p is independently selected from the group consisting of: H, OH, optionally-substituted C-i-i2 alkyl, optionally-substituted 02-12 alkenyl, optionally- substituted C 2- 12 alkynyl, optionally-substituted C 3- i 2 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted C3-12 cycloalkenyl, optionally-substituted OCi-12 alkyl, optionally-substituted OC2-12 alkenyl, optionally-substituted OC2-12 alkynyl, optionally-substituted OC3-12 cycloalkyl and optionally-substituted OC3-12 cycloalkenyl; or R a and R p when combined together provide the group of Formula (l-a):
- each of R x and R 5 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, optionally-substituted C-i-i2 alkyl, optionally-substituted 02-12 alkenyl, optionally- substituted C 2- 12 alkynyl, optionally-substituted C 3- i 2 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted C3-12 cycloalkenyl; each R 3 , R 4 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 R 9 R 10 , R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , R 15 and R 16 is independently selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen, OH, halogen, optionally-substituted C-i-12 alkyl, optionally-substituted 02-12 alkenyl, optionally-substituted 02-12 alkynyl, optionally-substituted C3-12 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted C3-12 cycloalkenyl, optionally-
- each R 14 and R 17 is independently selected from the group consisting of: H, optionally-substituted Ci-i 2 alkyl and N-protecting group; and
- n is an integer selected from the group consisting of: 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 and 8; each p, q, r and s is an integer independently selected from the group consisting of: 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6.
- the compound of Formula (VI) is typically reacted with the compound of Formula (VII- a) or Formula (Vll-b) in the presence of a base.
- the solvent is chosen so as not to be reactive with the base.
- suitable bases include chlorinated solvents, alcohols and dipolar aprotic solvents.
- suitable solvents include dichloromethane (CH 2 CI 2 ), chloroform (CCI 3 ), ethanol, methanol, DMSO and DMF.
- a base is used.
- the compound of Formula (Vll-a) or Formula (Vll-b) may also be used as a base.
- suitable bases include amine bases, alkali earth metal carbonates, alkali earth metal acetates and alkali earth metal hydroxides.
- suitable bases include sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, caesium carbonate, sodium hydrogen carbonate, potassium hydrogen carbonate, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium acetate, potassium acetate, triethylamine, diisopropylamine, diisopropylethylamine, pyridine and piperidine.
- the base may also act as a solvent.
- the amount of base chosen will depend on the desired speed of reaction but is chosen to ensure consumption of starting material is achieved. In general therefore an excess of base on a molar equivalent is used. Typically the amount of base used is from 1 to 5 molar equivalents, more typically 1 to 4 molar equivalents, more typically 1 to 3 molar equivalents, more typically 1 to 2 molar equivalents, more typically 1 to 1 .5 molar equivalents, more typically 1 to 1 .2 molar equivalents
- the reaction may be carried out at any suitable temperature although it is typically conducted at room temperature. However the reaction may also be conducted at from 0°C to 150°C, more typically from 15°C to 80°C, more typically from 20°C to 35°C.
- the reaction is typically conducted until analysis of the mixture shows consumption of starting material. This typically takes from 5 minutes to 24 hours, more typically from 15 minutes to 8 hours, more typically from 30 minutes to 1 hour. As will be appreciated, however, it is typically quite routine for a skilled addressee to monitor the reaction. Some methods of monitoring a reaction might include TLC, HPLC, mass spectrometry and NMR.
- the product can then be optionally deprotected or dealkylated to provide the product of Formula (V).
- a process for the preparation of a compound of the present invention, endo-11 may include the process illustrated in Scheme 10:
- the agents of the various embodiments may be prepared using the reaction routes and synthesis schemes as described below, employing the techniques available in the art using starting materials that are readily available.
- the preparation of particular compounds of the embodiments is described in detail in the following examples, but the artisan will recognize that the chemical reactions described may be readily adapted to prepare a number of other agents of the various embodiments.
- the synthesis of non-exemplified compounds may be successfully performed by modifications apparent to those skilled in the art, e.g. by appropriately protecting interfering groups, by changing to other suitable reagents known in the art, or by making routine modifications of reaction conditions.
- a list of suitable protecting groups in organic synthesis can be found in T.W.
- UV-vis spectra were recorded in water with a Shimadzu UV-1650PC UV-vis spectrophotometer using the UVPC c3.9 software program.
- Rabbit polyclonal antibodies to human EEA1 were purchased from Cell Signalling Technology (USA).
- Mouse monoclonal anti-human CD63 was from Santa Cruz Biotechnology (USA).
- Alexa Fluor 568-conjugated human transferrin, goat anti-rabbit IgG Alexa Fluor 568 and goat anti-mouse IgG Alexa Fluor 647 were purchased from Life Technologies (USA).
- exo-12 and endo-12 are known in the literature. As such the exo-12 and endo-12 compounds can be synthesised as described by Dommerholt J. et al. (see Scheme 12 which depicts synthesis of the exo-isomer). Alternative methodologies to provide either exo-12 or endo-12 can also be employed.
- 6-Hydrazinonicotinic Acid Acetone Hydrazone 16 was synthesised following published procedures and activated as the NHS-ester 17 (Bioconjugate Chem, 20, 10, 2009, 1950).
- CdSe/ZnS core/shell quantum dots were synthesized using high-temperature reaction of organometallic precursors according to previously reported methods (J Van Embden, P Mulvaney, Langmuir 2005, 21 , 10226).
- the quality of the nanocrystals was assessed by optical analysis: absorption spectra were recorded on a Cary 5 UV- Vis-NIR spectrophotometer. Steady-state photoluminescence spectra were measured on a Horiba Jobin Yvon Fluorolog-3 spectrofluorometer, with slit widths of 1 nm and integration times of 0.1 -0.5 s.
- the Gaussian full-width-at-half maximum (FWHM) was found to range between 25 and 33 nm, depending on the emission peak position of the QDs.
- Water-soluble QDs were generated following the polymer encapsulation technique described in Lees et al (E lees, T Nguyen, A Clayton, P Mulvaney, ACS Nano 2009, 3, 1 121 ) Briefly, 25-50 nmol of freshly synthesized QDs in ODE were placed in trioctyl phosphine/trioctyl phosphine oxide (TOP/TOPO 20 times excess with respect to the total number of surface atoms) overnight at 60°C to assure uniform coating. The TOP/TOPO-coated QDs were then washed free of excess ligand using a mixture of chloroform and methanol and precipitated with acetone.
- TOP/TOPO 20 trioctyl phosphine/trioctyl phosphine oxide
- polystyrene-co-maleic anhydride polymer PSMA, Mn 1600, 200 mM in CHCI3
- PSMA polystyrene-co-maleic anhydride polymer
- the reaction mixture was then stirred at rt for 3 h to allow the formation of the PSMA shell.
- a 5- fold molar excess of Jeffamine M1000 or amino-PEG-azide H2N-PEG-N3 (200 mM in CHCI3) was added and the sample was left to stir at room temperature overnight.
- QDs functionalized with different amounts of azide groups on their surface were obtained by varying the ratio of Jeffamine M1000 and H2N-PEG-N3 used.
- QD10 were obtained using 10% H2N-PEG-N3 mixed with 90% M1000 (v/v).
- water (2-3 ml_) containing ethanolamine (20 ⁇ _) was added to ring-open remaining maleic anhydride groups.
- the CHCI3 was removed using a rotary evaporator.
- Additional CHCI3 (2-3 ml_) was added to the resulting water solution of QDs to extract any hydrophobic ligands.
- the sample was then centrifuged for 5 min at 6000 rpm and the QD water solution was separated and passed through a 0.22 ⁇ filter.
- the filtrate was concentrated using a 50 kDa MWCO Vivaspin filter unit (Sartorius Stedim Biotech). Quantum Yield Measurements
- the quantum yield (QY) for the QDs was measured relative to the dye Rhodamine 6G (QY 95% in EtOH) with excitation at 400 nm. Fluorescence spectra of QDs and dye were measured under identical conditions and care was taken that the optical density of each sample did not exceed 0.1 at the excitation wavelength.
- the QY of QDs in chloroform was typically approximately 40% whereas for the samples in water after polymer encapsulation the QY was measured to be 16-26%.
- linker (L) of example 3 was performed in 0.5 M borate buffer at pH 9.
- Stock solutions of linker in DMSO (4 mM) and Fe 2 Tf in MilliQ deionized water (0.6 mM) were prepared and both were added to the borate buffer at a final concentration of 0.2-0.8 mM, depending on the ratio of linker to Fe 2 Tf required.
- the resulting mixture was allowed to react for 6 h at RT and analyzed by ESI-TOF mass spectroscopy (Agilent 6220 Accurate-Mass TOF LC/MS fitted with a C4 desalting column).
- the reaction between dye (ALEXA594) and linker (L) of example 3 was carried out as described in example 10 at a 2: 1 final concentration of linker (0.8 mM) and dye Alexa Fluor 594 cadaverine (Invitrogen) (0.4 mM).
- the resulting L-A594 conjugate was reacted with QDs functionalized with different percentages of azide groups (QD0, QD1 , QD10, QD100).
- the reaction mixture containing the L-A594 conjugate in a 50- fold molar excess was added to QDs in water, except for the sample QD100 for which the excess was 100-fold. The mixture was allowed to react for 6 h at rt.
- the L-Fe 2 Tf conjugate was prepared as outlined in example 10 at a ratio 2:1 linker to protein and final concentration of 0.2 mM of Fe2Tf. The mixture was then added to QDs functionalized with different percentages of azide groups in a 10-fold molar excess and allowed to react for 6 h at RT.
- HeLa cells were seeded onto glass coverslips at 0.6 ⁇ 10 5 cells/ml and grown for 48 hr. Cells were then serum starved for 3 h followed by 10 min incubation on ice to stop endocytosis. Chilled cells were then incubated with pre-chilled 100 ⁇ / ⁇ ⁇ (A) Alexa Fluor 568-conjugated human transferrin (Life Technologies, USA), (C) QDs, or (B) QD100-Fe2Tf (diluted in serum-free DMEM) on ice for 30 min. Unbound transferrin was removed using cold PBS washes and internalisation of bound conjugated transferrin performed for the indicated duration at 37 °C in serum-free DMEM.
- Cells were fixed in 4% (w/v) paraformaldehyde for 15 min and then incubated with 50 mM NH 4 CI/PBS for 10 min to quench free aldehydes. Cells were washed in PBS, permeabilized in 0.1 % Triton X-100/PBS for 4 min and again washed in PBS. Blocking was achieved by incubating cells in 5% (v/v) FCS/PBS at room temperature for 30 min. Cells were incubated in primary antibodies diluted in 5% (v/v) FCS/PBS for 30 min at room temperature. Excess antibodies were removed by PBS washes.
- Fluorochrome-conjugated secondary antibodies were added and incubated with cells for 30 min at room temperature followed by further PBS washes. Nuclei of cells were stained with 4,6-diamino-2-phenylindole (DAPI; Sigma-Aldrich, USA) where indicated and cells were washed as before. Cells were mounted in Mowiol (10% (w/v) Hopval 5- 88 (Hoechst, Australia), 25% (w/v) glycerol, 0.1 M Tris). Images of cells were captured using a Leica TCS SP2 laser confocal unit and Leica Confocal Software version 2.61 . For multi-colour labelling, images were collected independently.
- FIG. 13 shows Fe 2 -transferrin uptake into HeLa cells performed using (A1 -A3) A568-Fe 2 Tf, (B1 -B3) QD100-Fe 2 Tf and (C1 -C3) QD100 for the indicated times at 37°C.
- HERCEPTIN is a recombinant DNA-derived humanized monoclonal antibody that selectively targets the extracellular domain of the human epidermal growth factor receptor 2 protein (HER2).
- the antibody is an lgG1 kappa that contains human framework regions with the complementarity-determining regions of a murine anti-p185 HER2 antibody that binds to HER2.
- Trastuzumab is composed of 1 ,328 amino acids and has a molecular weight of ⁇ 148 kDa.
- Figure 15 shows the MS of Herceptin showing variations in the number of bound hexoses.
- the conjugation buffer was Na 3 P0 4 (100 mM), NaCI (150 mM) at pH6.
- the catalyst buffer was a solution of aniline (10 mM).
- Azide Fluor 585 dye was purchased from Jena Bioscience.
- trastuzumab-ox (1 15 ⁇ _) was added to aniline buffer (10 ⁇ _) followed by the linker of example 8 (5.4 ⁇ _ of 0.5 mM solution in DMF) and the mixture was incubated at room temperature for 1 hour. To this mixture was added Azide Fluor 585 dye (1 .5 ⁇ _ of 3.4 mM solution) and the mixture was left at room temperature overnight. The mixture was purified by spin filtration (Amicon Ultra 10 kDa MWCO) until no more dye was visible in the filtrate. The conjugate was resuspended in buffer and the amount of dye conjugated to the trastuzumab-ox was measured by electronic spectroscopy
- the conjugation was repeated with 10:1 and 100:1 ratios of linker to antibody.
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Biomedical Technology (AREA)
- Immunology (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- Epidemiology (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Molecular Biology (AREA)
- Urology & Nephrology (AREA)
- Hematology (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Biochemistry (AREA)
- Analytical Chemistry (AREA)
- General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Pathology (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Materials Engineering (AREA)
- Nanotechnology (AREA)
- Inorganic Chemistry (AREA)
- Food Science & Technology (AREA)
- Microbiology (AREA)
- Cell Biology (AREA)
- Biotechnology (AREA)
- Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
- Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
Abstract
The present invention relates to compounds that can be used link substrates to molecules, typically for biological applications such as imaging and the like. The compounds contain a cyclooctyne which is joined, via a linking group, to a moiety such as a squarate, amine, aminooxy, hydrazide, semicarbazide or carbohydrazide. The cyclooctyne moiety acts as the coupling partner to an azide-functionalised substrate or molecule, whilst the other moiety acts as the coupling partner to an amine-, aldehyde- or ketone-functionalised molecule or substrate. The invention therefore also relates to processes of synthesis of such compounds and further use of the compounds to link a substrate to a molecule.
Description
NANOPARTICLE
FIELD OF THE INVENTION
The invention relates to compounds to link substrates to molecules, typically for biological applications. In particular, the invention relates to compounds that can be used to link nanoparticles to biological molecules to allow for applications such as imaging and the like.
BACKGROUND
There are a number of applications in which there is a need to link molecules to substrates. Examples of such applications include certain detection assays such as microarrays and in the imaging of biological systems. Dye-labelling used in biological systems typically involves the process of attaching a fluorophore or other photodetectable dye to a molecule, such as a protein or nucleic acid. Generally this is achieved by using a reactive derivative of the dye that selectively binds to a functional group contained in the target molecule. For example, commonly used fluorescently- labelled molecules are antibodies, which are then used as highly-specific probes for optical detection of a particular target. Fluorescent dye labelling is typically accomplished using a chemically-reactive derivative of a fluorophore. Common reactive groups include amine-reactive isothiocyanate derivatives such as fluorescein isocyanate (FITC) and tetramethylrhodamine (TRITC); amine-reactive succinimidyl esters such as NHS- fluorescein; and sulfhydryl-reactive maleimide-activated fluorophores such as fluorescein-5-maleimide or iodoacetamide-derivatives such as 5-(iodoacetamido) fluorescein (5-IAF). Reaction of any of these reactive dyes with another molecule results in a covalent bond being formed between the fluorophore and the labelled molecule. Following a fluorescent labelling reaction, it is often necessary to remove any unreacted fluorophore from the labelled target molecule. This is often accomplished by size-exclusion chromatography, taking advantage of the size difference between the fluorophore and labelled protein, nucleic acid, etc. Fluorophores may interact with the separation matrix and reduce the efficiency of separation. For this reason,
specialized dye removal columns that account for the hydrophobic properties of fluorescent dyes are sometimes used.
Reactive fluorescent dyes are available from many sources and can be obtained with different reactive groups for attachment to various functional groups within the target molecule. They are also available in labelling kits that contain all of the components necessary to carry out a labelling reaction.
Fluorescent labels are generally used for detection of a protein or other labelled molecule via fluorescence microscopy, flow cytometry (FCM), or some other fluorescence measuring technique. High resolution optical microscopy, western blot assays, and other immunoanalytical methods may also be useful in localization of a target within a cell. More flexibility is typically required of these dyes, and the traditional dyes are often unable to meet expectations. To this end, semiconducting nanoparticles, hereinafter referred to as quantum dots (QDs), typically provide distinct advantages over traditional organic dyes, which include:
(i) superior brightness (owing to their high absorption cross-sections);
(ii) increased stability (owing to reduced photobleaching);
(iii) the ability to acquire many consecutive focal-plane images that can be reconstructed into a high-resolution three-dimensional image (broader absorption, narrower luminescence emission spectra); and
(iv) real-time tracking of single molecules and cells over extended periods of time. For example, in one study quantum dots could be observed in lymph nodes of mice for more than 4 months after administration (Ballou, B. , Lagerholm, B.C., Ernst, L.A., Bruchez, M.P.; Waggoner, A.S., (2004). "Noninvasive imaging of quantum dots in mice." Bioconj. Chem. 15 (1 ): 79-86).
Semiconductor quantum dots have been employed for in vitro imaging of pre-labelled cells. The ability to image single-cell migration in real time is important to several research areas such as fluorescence microscopy, histology, flow cytometry,
fluorescence in-situ hybridization, DNA sequencing, immuno-assays, binding assays, separation, etc.
Core-shell CdSe/ZnS quantum dots (QDs) are semiconducting nanocrystals that exhibit unique optical and physical features. The size of the QDs can be adjusted to tune the optical properties to give substances with tunable, narrow emission profiles, high quantum yields and excellent photostability. QDs are therefore an attractive alternative to organic fluorescent dyes and QDs tethered to molecules such as antibodies or peptides have great promise for use in biological imaging applications.
However, in order to take advantage of the fluorescence qualities of QDs it is necessary to find means to tether a QD to a biological molecule, which requires reliable bioconjugation. Current bioconjugation strategies suffer two major drawbacks. Firstly, the reactive groups present in the chemically-reactive fluorescent dye reagents often hydrolyse over time, so that reagents have limited shelf-life and reaction in solution is only possible in limited pH ranges and often suffer from competing hydrolysis side reactions.
Secondly, the linker molecules or conjugation strategy may destabilize the nanocrystals leading to unwanted aggregation or non-specific binding of the nanocrystals to the biological target or surfaces. There is therefore a need for a conjugation strategy using molecules that use stable reactive group chemistry, can be stored for long periods in solution or as pure reagents, will work under a wide range of buffer and pH conditions, and are bio- orthogonal, i.e. cross reactions with other chemical groups present in biological systems is minimal.
The present invention relates to a series of compounds that meets the above requirements and enable bioconjugations to be carried out between a wide range of substrates and a wide range of molecules.
It is an aspect of the current invention to disclose how such compounds may be prepared and purified.
It is a further aspect of the current invention to disclose experimental procedures and protocols, which enable such bioconjugation to be carried out in a general way.
It is also an aspect of the current invention to disclose how said bioconjugates may be purified. SUMMARY OF INVENTION
The present invention relates to a compound, which can be used to tether substrates to molecules.
The molecules that can be tethered to the substrates include any molecule suitable for conjugation, including polyatomic ions. Molecules used in the present invention for linking to the substrates include, but are not limited to, biological molecules. Some examples of the biological molecules for use in the present invention include large polymeric molecules such as proteins, peptides, polysaccharides, lipids, hormones and nucleic acids as well as small molecules such as natural products and derivatives thereof.
The substrates may include any surface or material that may be conjugated by the methods disclosed in this invention. Some substrates may be particles. A skilled addressee would appreciate that the particles may have different shapes and sizes. Typical particles for conjugation may include microparticles, mesoparticles, nanoparticles or any other particle suitable for conjugation. Other examples include semiconducting, metallic and magnetic nanocrystals (or mixtures thereof); particles of non-spherical shapes such as nanorods and nanowires; complex particles consisting of a core and shell or alloy structure; silica or silicic acid based particles; or organic semiconducting polymer-based particles that have useful labelling properties may also be conjugated through the methods outlined herein. In some embodiments the substrates may be proteins or peptides.
The current invention discloses a method of conjugation, which can be applied to dendrimers, various polymers such as PEG-polymers and dextran polymers, carbon structures such as C60, C70 and carbon nanotubes and their derivatives, and also to particles carrying further functional molecules such as dyes, surface-enhanced Raman-scattering labels or stabilizing molecules.
For the purposes of describing the invention in detail, semiconducting nanocrystals (also termed nanoparticles or quantum dots) are used to highlight the features of the invention. However, the protocols may be suitably varied to enable any particle to be conjugated.
In one aspect the invention relates to a compound, which contains a cyclooctyne moiety and a moiety for conjugation to an amine-, aldehyde- or ketone-functionalised substrate or molecule. The following moieties may form covalent bonds on exposure to amine, aldehyde or ketone groups: squarate, hydrazide, semicarbazide, carbohydrazide, aminooxy and amine groups. The amine, aldehyde and ketone groups on the substrate or molecule of interest may be native to the substrate or molecule or they can be created via oxidation or reduction of suitable reactive groups. The cyclooctyne moiety acts as the coupling partner to an azide-functionalised substrate such as a QD or biological molecule, via a [3+2] cycloaddition, whilst the squarate, hydrazide, semicarbazide, carbohydrazide, aminooxy or amine moiety acts as the coupling partner to an amine-, aldehyde- or ketone-functionalised substrate such as QD or biological molecule. The cyclooctyne and aldehyde moieties are joined via a linking group.
The present invention relates to solution-stable linker molecules that can be used to conjugate particles and other structures to each other or to biological molecules and substrates of interest (e.g. cells.). For conjugation to an amine, aldehyde or ketone group, this invention discloses a variety of novel molecules. In some embodiments, hydrazide, semicarbazide, carbohydrazide, aminooxy and amine derivatives can be used for conjugation to aldehyde or ketone groups. For conjugation to an extant amine group, squarate derivatives can be employed.
In some embodiments the substrates for conjugation are particles. In some embodiments the particles are microparticles, mesoparticles and/or nanoparticles. In other embodiments the particles are QDs. In some embodiments the molecules for conjugation to a substrate are biological molecules. In some embodiments the molecules are synthetic molecules or naturally occurring molecules. In some embodiments the molecules are large polymeric molecules such as proteins, peptides, polysaccharides, lipids, hormones and/or nucleic acids as well as small molecules such as natural products
In one aspect the invention relates to a compound which can be used to tether QDs to biological molecules. The compound contains a cyclooctyne moiety and a second moiety for conjugation to QDs and biological molecules. The cyclooctyne moiety acts as the coupling partner to an azide-functionalised QD or biological molecule, via a [3+2] cycloaddition, whilst the second moiety acts as the coupling partner to an amine- aldehyde- or ketone-functionalised QD or biological molecule. Typical moieties which react with aldehyde or ketone functional groups may include N-containing moieties such as an amine, aminooxy, hydrazide, semicarbazide and carbohydrazide. Typical moieties which react with amine functional groups may include a squarate. The cyclooctyne moiety and the second moiety are joined via a linking group.
In one aspect, the present invention provides a compound of the Formula (I):
Formula (I)
wherein
each Ra and Rb is independently-selected from the group consisting of: H, OH, halogen, optionally-substituted alkyl, optionally-substituted 02-12 alkenyl, optionally-substituted 02-12 alkynyl, optionally-substituted C3-12 cycloalkyl, optionally- substituted C3-12 cycloalkenyl, optionally-substituted OCi-12 alkyl, optionally- substituted OC2-i2 alkenyl, optionally-substituted OC2-i2 alkynyl, optionally-substituted OC3-12 cycloalkyl and optionally-substituted OC3-12 cycloalkenyl;
each R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of: H, halogen, OH, NO2, CN, SH, NH2, CF3, OCHF2, OCF3, optionally-substituted C1.12 alkyl, optionally-substituted
haloalkyl, optionally-substituted C2-12 alkenyl, optionally- substituted 02-12 alkynyl, optionally-substituted 02-12 heteroalkyl, optionally-substituted C3-12 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted 03-12 cycloalkenyl, optionally-substituted 02-12 heterocycloalkyl, optionally-substituted 02-12 heterocycloalkenyl, optionally-substituted C6-18 aryl, optionally-substituted CM S heteroaryl, optionally-substituted C^ .^2 alkyloxy, optionally-substituted 02-12 alkenyloxy, optionally-substituted 02-12 alkynyloxy, optionally-substituted 02-12 heteroalkyloxy, optionally-substituted 03-12 cycloalkyloxy, optionally-substituted 03-12 cycloalkenyloxy, optionally-substituted C2-12 heterocycloalkyloxy, optionally-substituted C2-12 heterocycloalkenyloxy, optionally- substituted C6-18 aryloxy, optionally-substituted CM S heteroaryloxy, optionally- substituted C1-12 alkylamino, SRC, SO3H, SO2NRcRd, SO2R, SONRcRd, SORc, COOH, COORc, CORc, CONRcRd, NRcCORd, NRcCOORd, NRcSO2Rd, NRcCONRdRe and NRcRd, or any two R1 on adjacent carbon atoms form a fused substituent;
L1 is a bond or linking group;
R2 is selected from the group consisting of: optionally substituted C1-12 alkyl, optionally substituted C2-12 alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-12 alkynyl, optionally substituted C3-12 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C3-12 cycloalkenyl, NH2, ONH2, NHNH2, NHNRaRp, NH(CO)(optionally-substituted Ci_6 alkyl)ONH2, NH(CO)(optionally-substituted Ci_6 alkyl)NH2, NH(CO)(optionally-substituted Ci_6 alkyl)NHNH2, NH(CO)(optionally-substituted Ci_6 alkyl)NHNRaRp, (CO)NH(optionally- substituted Ci_6 alkyl)ONH2, (CO)NH(optionally-substituted Ci-6 alkyl)NH2, (CO)NH(optionally-substituted Ci-6 alkyl)NHNH2, (CO)NH(optionally-substituted Ci-6 alkyl)NHNRaRp, (CO)NHNH2, (CO)NHNRaRp, NH(CO)NHNH2, NH(CO)NHNRaRp, NHNH(CO)NHNH2 and NHNH(CO)NHNRaRp;
each FT and Rp is independently selected from the group consisting of: H, OH, optionally-substituted C^2 alkyl, optionally-substituted C2-12 alkenyl, optionally- substituted C2-12 alkynyl, optionally-substituted C3-i2 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted C3-12 cycloalkenyl, optionally-substituted OCi-12 alkyl, optionally-substituted OC2-12 alkenyl, optionally-substituted OC2-12 alkynyl, optionally-substituted OC3-12 cycloalkyl and optionally-substituted OC3-12 cycloalkenyl; or Ra and Rp when combined together provide the group of Formula (l-a):
Formula (l-a)
wherein each of RX and R5 is independently selected from the group consisting of H , optionally-substituted
alkyl, optionally-substituted 02-12 alkenyl, optionally- substituted C2-12 alkynyl, optionally-substituted C3-i2 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted C3-12 cycloalkenyl;
n is an integer selected from the group consisting of: 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 and 8; and
RC, RD and RE are each independently-selected from the group consisting of: H , OH , halogen, optionally-substituted Ci-12 alkyl, optionally-substituted C2-12 heteroalkyl, optionally-substituted C3-12 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted OC6-18 aryl, and optionally-substituted OCM S heteroaryl;
wherein the stereochemistry of the cyclopropane-fused cyclooctyne may be either endo or exo.
In another aspect the invention provides a process for the preparation of a compound of Formula (V):
Formula (V)
wherein
each R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of: H, halogen, OH, NO2, CN, SH, NH2, CF3, OCHF2, OCF3, optionally-substituted C1-12 alkyl, optionally-substituted Ci-12 haloalkyl, optionally-substituted 02-12 alkenyl, optionally- substituted C2-12 alkynyl, optionally-substituted 02-12 heteroalkyl, optionally-substituted C3-12 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted C3-i2 cycloalkenyl, optionally-substituted C2-12 heterocycloalkyl, optionally-substituted 02-12 heterocycloalkenyl, optionally-substituted Ce-18 aryl, optionally-substituted C-MS heteroaryl, optionally-substituted C-M2 alkyloxy, optionally-substituted 02-12 alkenyloxy, optionally-substituted 02-12 alkynyloxy, optionally-substituted C2-12 heteroalkyloxy, optionally-substituted C3-i2 cycloalkyloxy, optionally-substituted C3-12 cycloalkenyloxy, optionally-substituted 02-12 heterocycloalkyloxy, optionally-substituted 02-12 heterocycloalkenyloxy, optionally- substituted Ce-18 aryloxy, optionally-substituted Ci-ie heteroaryloxy, optionally- substituted C1-12 alkylamino, SRC, SO3H, SO2NRcRd, SO2R, SONRcRd, SORc, COOH, COORc, CORc, CONRcRd, NRcCORd, NRcCOORd, NRcSO2Rd, NRcCONRdRe and NRcRd or any two R1 on adjacent carbon atoms form a fused substituent;
Rc, Rd and Re are each independently-selected from the group consisting of: H, OH, halogen, optionally-substituted C^ .^2 alkyl, optionally-substituted C2-12 heteroalkyl, optionally-substituted C3-12 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted OCe-18 aryl, and optionally-substituted OCM S heteroaryl;
wherein the stereochemistry of the cyclopropane-fused cyclooctyne may be either endo or exo;
L is of the Formula (III): X3(CR8R9)p [X4(CR10R1 1)q]r (CR12R13)S X5
Formula (III)
X3 is selected from the group consisting of: O, NH and NR14;
X4 is independently selected from the group consisting of: a bond, O, NH, NR14, S and CR15R16;
X5 is selected from the group consisting of: O, NH, NR14, optionally-substituted
C-i-12 alkyl, HN-(optionally-substituted Ci-12 alkyl)-, R14N-(optionally-substituted Ci-12 alkyl)-, O-(optionally-substituted Ci-12 alkyl)-, optionally-substituted Cs-12 aryl, HN- (optionally-substituted Cs-12 aryl)-, R14N-(optionally-substituted Cs-12 aryl)-, O-
(optionally-substituted C5-i2 aryl)-, HN(CO)-(optionally-substituted C5-i2 aryl)-, R14N(CO)-(optionally-substituted C5-12 aryl)- O(CO)-(optionally-substituted C5-12 aryl)-, (CO)NH-(optionally-substituted C5-12 aryl)- (CO)R14N-(optionally-substituted C5-12 aryl)-, (CO)O-(optionally-substituted Cs-12 aryl)-, optionally-substituted C2-12 heteroaryl, HN-(optionally-substituted C2-12 heteroaryl)-, R14N-(optionally-substituted C2-12 heteroaryl)-, O-(optionally-substituted C2-12 heteroaryl)-, HN(CO)-(optionally- substituted C2-12 heteroaryl)-, R14N(CO)-(optionally-substituted C2-12 heteroaryl)-, O(CO)-(optionally-substituted C2-12 heteroaryl)-, (CO)HN-(optionally-substituted C2-12 heteroaryl)-, (CO)R14N-(optionally-substituted C2-12 heteroaryl)- and (CO)O- (optionally-substituted C2-12 heteroaryl)-;
R2 is selected from the group consisting of: optionally substituted C1-12 alkyl, optionally substituted C2-12 alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-12 alkynyl, optionally substituted C3-i2 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C3-i2 cycloalkenyl, NHR17, ONHR17, NHNHR17, NHNRaRp, NH(CO)(optionally-substituted C1-6 alkyl)ONHR17, NH(CO)(optionally-substituted C1-6 alkyl)NHR17, NH(CO)(optionally-substituted C1-6 alkyl)NHNHR17, NH(CO)(optionally-substituted C1-6 alkyl)NHNRaRp, (CO)NH(optionally-substituted Ci-6 alkyl)ONHR17, (CO)NH(optionally-substituted Ci-6 alkyl)NH2, (CO)NH(optionally-substituted Ci-6 alkyl)NHNHR17, (CO)NH(optionally- substituted Ci-6 alkyl)NHNRaRp, (CO)NHNHR17, (CO)NHNRaRp, NH(CO)NHNHR17, NH(CO)NHNRaRp, NHNH(CO)NHNHR17 and NHNH(CO)NHNRaRp;
each Ra and Rp is independently selected from the group consisting of: H, OH, optionally-substituted C1-12 alkyl, optionally-substituted C2-i2 alkenyl, optionally- substituted C2-i2 alkynyl, optionally-substituted C3-i2 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted C3-i2 cycloalkenyl, optionally-substituted OCi-i2 alkyl, optionally-substituted OC2-i2 alkenyl, optionally-substituted OC2-i2 alkynyl, optionally-substituted OC3-i2 cycloalkyl and optionally-substituted OC3-i2 cycloalkenyl; or Ra and Rp when combined together provide the group of Formula (l-a):
wherein each of Rx and R5 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, optionally-substituted
alkyl, optionally-substituted C2-12 alkenyl, optionally- substituted C2-12 alkynyl, optionally-substituted C3-i2 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted C3-12 cycloalkenyl;
each R8 R9, R10, R11 , R12, R13, R15 and R16 is independently selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen, OH, halogen, optionally-substituted Ci-12 alkyl, optionally-substituted C2-12 alkenyl, optionally-substituted C2-12 alkynyl, optionally- substituted C3-i2 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted C3-i2 cycloalkenyl, optionally- substituted OCi-i2 alkyl, optionally-substituted OC2-i2 alkenyl, optionally-substituted OC2-i2 alkynyl, optionally-substituted OC3-i2 cycloalkyl and optionally-substituted OC3- 2 cycloalkenyl;
each R14 and R17 is independently selected from the group consisting of: H, optionally-substituted Ci-i2 alkyl and N-protecting group;
n is an integer selected from the group consisting of: 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 and 8; and
each p, q, r and s is an integer independently selected from the group consisting of: 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6, the process comprising:
(a) coupling a compound of Formula (VI):
Formula (VI) wherein
R1 and n are as defined above and LG is a leaving group; in a coupling reaction with a compound of Formula (Vll-a):
X3A(CR8R9)P [X4(CR1 0R1 1 )Q]R (CR12R1 3)s X5A
Formula (Vll-a)
wherein
X3a is independently selected from the group consisting of: OH, NH2 and NHR14;
X4 is independently selected from the group consisting of: a bond, O, NH, NR14, S and CR15R16;
X5a is selected from the group consisting of: OH, NH2, NHR14, OR18 CO2R19; each R8 R9, R10, R11 , R12, R13, R15 and R16 is independently selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen, OH, halogen, optionally-substituted
alkyl, optionally-substituted C2-12 alkenyl, optionally-substituted C2-12 alkynyl, optionally- substituted C3-12 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted C3-12 cycloalkenyl, optionally- substituted OCi-12 alkyl, optionally-substituted OC2-i2 alkenyl, optionally-substituted OC2-12 alkynyl, optionally-substituted OC3-12 cycloalkyl and optionally-substituted OC3- 12 cycloalkenyl;
R14 is independently selected from the group consisting of: optionally- substituted C-i-12 alkyl and N-protecting group;
R18 is selected from the group consisting of: optionally-substituted Ci-12 alkyl, optionally-substituted C2-12 alkenyl, optionally-substituted C2-12 alkynyl, optionally- substituted C3-12 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted C3-12 cycloalkenyl and O-protecting group;
R19 is selected from the group consisting of: H, optionally-substituted Ci-12 alkyl, optionally-substituted C2-12 alkenyl, optionally-substituted C2-12 alkynyl, optionally-substituted C3-12 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted C3-12 cycloalkenyl optionally-substituted C6-18 aryl, optionally-substituted C6-18 alkylaryl, optionally- substituted C-i-18 heteroaryl, optionally-substituted CM S alkylheteroaryl, optionally- substituted Ci-12 alkyloxy, optionally-substituted C2-12 alkenyloxy, optionally- substituted C2-12 alkynyloxy, optionally-substituted C2-12 heteroalkyloxy, optionally- substituted C3-12 cycloalkyloxy, optionally-substituted C3-12 cycloalkenyloxy and optionally-substituted C2-12 heterocycloalkyloxy,
each p, q, r and s is an integer independently selected from the group consisting of: 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6;
to provide a compound of Formula (VIII):
Formula (VIII)
(b) reacting the compound of Formula (VIII) with a compound of Formula (IX):
R20 B R2
Formula (IX)
wherein
B is selected from the group consisting of: a bond, an optionally-substituted d.
12 alkyl group, optionally substituted C2-12 alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-12 alkynyl, optionally-substituted 05-12 aryl group and optionally-substituted 02-12 heteroaryl group, optionally substituted 03-12 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted 03-12 cycloalkenyl; each R2 and R20 is selected independently from the group consisting of: OH, CO2R22, optionally-substituted OC1-12 alkyl, optionally-substituted OC2-12 alkenyl, optionally-substituted OC2-12 alkynyl, optionally-substituted OC3-12 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted OC3-12 cycloalkenyl, NHR17, NHNHR17, NHNRaRp, ONHR17, NH(CO)(optionally-substituted Ci_6 alkyl)ONHR17, NH(CO)(optionally-substituted Ci_6 alkyl)NHR17, NH(CO)(optionally-substituted Ci_6 alkyl)NHNHR17, NH(CO)(optionally- substituted Ci-6 alkyl)NHNRaRp, (CO)NH(optionally-substituted Ci-6 alkyl)ONHR17, (CO)NH(optionally-substituted Ci-6 alkyl)NH2, (CO)NH(optionally-substituted Ci-6 alkyl)NHNHR17, (CO)NH(optionally-substituted Ci-6 alkyl)NHNRaRp, (CO)NHNHR17, (CO)NHNRaRp, NH(CO)NHNHR17, NH(CO)NHNRaRp, NHNH(CO)NHNHR17, and NHNH(CO)NHNRaRp;
each Ra and Rp is independently selected from the group consisting of: H, OH, optionally-substituted Ci-12 alkyl, optionally-substituted 02-12 alkenyl, optionally- substituted C2-12 alkynyl, optionally-substituted C3-i2 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted C3-12 cycloalkenyl, optionally-substituted OCi-12 alkyl, optionally-substituted OC2-12 alkenyl, optionally-substituted OC2-12 alkynyl, optionally-substituted OC3-12 cycloalkyl
and optionally-substituted OC3-12 cycloalkenyl; or FT and Rp when combined together provide the group of Formula (l-a):
of H, optionally-substituted C-.-2 alkyl, optionally-substituted C2-12 alkenyl, optionally- substituted C2-12 alkynyl, optionally-substituted C3-12 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted C3-12 cycloalkenyl;
each R17 and R21 is independently selected from the group consisting of: H, optionally-substituted Ci-i2 alkyl and N-protecting group;
R22 is selected from the group consisting of: H, halogen, optionally-substituted C-i-12 alkyl, optionally-substituted C2-12 alkenyl, optionally-substituted C2-12 alkynyl, optionally-substituted C3-12 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted C2-12 heterocycloalkyl, optionally-substituted C3-i2 cycloalkenyl, optionally-substituted C2-12 heterocycloalkenyl, optionally-substituted Ce-18 aryl, optionally-substituted Ce-18 alkylaryl, optionally-substituted CM S heteroaryl, optionally-substituted C-M S alkylheteroaryl,
wherein R1 , n, X3, R5, R9 p, X4, R10, R11 , q, r, R12, R1 , s and X5a are as discussed above, to provide a compound of Formula (V).
In another aspect the invention provides a process for the preparation of a compound of Formula (V):
Formula (V)
wherein
each R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of: H, halogen, OH, NO2, CN, SH, NH2, CF3, OCHF2, OCF3, optionally-substituted C1-12 alkyl, optionally-substituted C-i-12 haloalkyl, optionally-substituted 02-12 alkenyl, optionally- substituted C2-12 alkynyl, optionally-substituted 02-12 heteroalkyl, optionally-substituted C3-12 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted C3-i2 cycloalkenyl, optionally-substituted C2-12 heterocycloalkyl, optionally-substituted 02-12 heterocycloalkenyl, optionally-substituted Ce-18 aryl, optionally-substituted C-MS heteroaryl, optionally-substituted C-M2 alkyloxy, optionally-substituted 02-12 alkenyloxy, optionally-substituted 02-12 alkynyloxy, optionally-substituted C2-12 heteroalkyloxy, optionally-substituted C3-i2 cycloalkyloxy, optionally-substituted C3-12 cycloalkenyloxy, optionally-substituted 02-12 heterocycloalkyloxy, optionally-substituted 02-12 heterocycloalkenyloxy, optionally- substituted Ce-18 aryloxy, optionally-substituted Ci-ie heteroaryloxy, optionally- substituted C1-12 alkylamino, SRC, SO3H, SO2NRcRd, SO2R, SONRcRd, SORc, COOH, COORc, CORc, CONRcRd, NRcCORd, NRcCOORd, NRcSO2Rd, NRcCONRdRe and NRcRd or any two R1 on adjacent carbon atoms form a fused substituent;
Rc, Rd and Re are each independently-selected from the group consisting of: H, OH, halogen, optionally-substituted C^ .^2 alkyl, optionally-substituted C2-12 heteroalkyl, optionally-substituted C3-12 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted OCe-18 aryl, and optionally-substituted OCM S heteroaryl;
the stereochemistry of the cyclopropane-fused cyclooctyne may be either endo or exo;
L is of the Formula (III): X3(C R8R9)P [X4(C R1 0R1 1 )Q]R (C R1 2R1 3)S X5
Formula (III)
X3 is selected from the group consisting of: OH, NH and NR14;
X4 is independently selected from the group consisting of: a bond, O, NH, NR14, S and CR15R16;
X5 is selected from the group consisting of: a bond, O, NH, NR14, S, CR15R16, optionally-substituted C-i-12 alkyl, HN-(optionally-substituted C-i-12 alkyl)-, R14N- (optionally-substituted
alkyl)-, optionally- substituted C5-12 aryl, HN-(optionally-substituted 05-12 aryl)-, R14N-(optionally- substituted 05-12 aryl)-, O-(optionally-substituted Cs-12 aryl)-, HN(CO)-(optionally-
substituted C5-12 aryl)- R14N(CO)-(optionally-substituted C5-12 aryl)- O(CO)- (optionally-substituted Cs-12 aryl)-, (CO)NH-(optionally-substituted C5-12 aryl)-, (CO)R14N-(optionally-substituted C5-12 aryl)- (CO)O-(optionally-substituted C5-12 aryl)-, optionally-substituted C2-12 heteroaryl, HN-(optionally-substituted C2-12 heteroaryl)-, R14N-(optionally-substituted C2-12 heteroaryl)-, O-(optionally-substituted C2-12 heteroaryl)-, HN(CO)-(optionally-substituted C2-12 heteroaryl)-, R14N(CO)-(optionally- substituted C2-12 heteroaryl)-, O(CO)-(optionally-substituted C2-12 heteroaryl)-, (CO)HN-(optionally-substituted C2-12 heteroaryl)-, (CO)R14N-(optionally-substituted C2- 12 heteroaryl)- and (CO)O-(optionally-substituted C2-i2 heteroaryl)-;
R2 is selected from the group consisting of: optionally substituted C1-12 alkyl, optionally substituted C2-12 alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-12 alkynyl, optionally substituted 03-12 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted 03-12 cycloalkenyl, NHR17, ONHR17, NHNHR17, NHNRaRp, NH(CO)(optionally-substituted Ci-6 alkyl)ONHR17, NH(CO)(optionally-substituted Ci-6 alkyl)NHR17, NH(CO)(optionally-substituted Ci-6 alkyl)NHNHR17, NH(CO)(optionally-substituted Ci-6 alkyl)NHNRaRp, (CO)NH(optionally-substituted Ci-6 alkyl)ONHR17, (CO)NH(optionally-substituted Ci-6 alkyl)NH2, (CO)NH(optionally-substituted Ci-6 alkyl)NHNHR17, (CO)NH(optionally- substituted Ci-6 alkyl)NHNRaRp, (CO)NHNHR17, (CO)NHNRaRp, NH(CO)NHNHR17, NH(CO)NHNRaRp, NHNH(CO)NHNHR17 and NHNH(CO)NHNRaRp;
each Ra and Rp is independently selected from the group consisting of: H, OH, optionally-substituted Ci_i2 alkyl, optionally-substituted C2-i2 alkenyl, optionally- substituted C2-i2 alkynyl, optionally-substituted C3-i2 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted C3-i2 cycloalkenyl, optionally-substituted OCi-i2 alkyl, optionally-substituted OC2-i2 alkenyl, optionally-substituted OC2-i2 alkynyl, optionally-substituted OC3-i2 cycloalkyl and optionally-substituted OC3-i2 cycloalkenyl; or Ra and Rp when combined together provide the group of Formula (l-a):
Formula (l-a)
wherein each of Rx and R5 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, optionally-substituted Ci_i2 alkyl, optionally-substituted C2-i2 alkenyl, optionally- substituted C2-i2 alkynyl, optionally-substituted C3-i2 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted
C3-12 cycloalkenyl; each R3, R4 R6 R7, R8 R9, R10 R1 1 , R12 R13, R15 and R16 is independently selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen, OH, halogen, optionally-substituted C1-12 alkyl, optionally-substituted 02-12 alkenyl, optionally- substituted C2-12 alkynyl, optionally-substituted 03-12 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted C3-12 cycloalkenyl, optionally-substituted OCi-i2 alkyl, optionally-substituted OC2-i2 alkenyl, optionally-substituted OC2-12 alkynyl, optionally-substituted OC3-12 cycloalkyl and optionally-substituted OC3-12 cycloalkenyl;
each R14 and R17 is independently selected from the group consisting of: H, optionally-substituted C^.^ 2 alkyl and N-protecting group; and
n is an integer selected from the group consisting of: 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 and 8; and
each p, q, r and s is an integer independently selected from the group consisting of: 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6, the process comprising:
(a) coupling a compound of Formula (Vll-b):
X3a(CR8R9)p [X4(CR1 0R1 1 )q]r (CR12R1 3)S X5 R2
Formula (Vll-b)
X3a is selected from the group consisting of: OH, NH2 and NHR14;
X4 is selected from the group consisting of: a bond, O, NH, NR14, S, CR15R16; X5 is selected from the group consisting of: a bond, O, NH, NR14, S, CR15R16, optionally-substituted alkyl, HN-(optionally-substituted alkyl)-, R14N- (optionally-substituted
alkyl)-, O-(optionally-substituted Ci-12 alkyl)-, optionally- substituted C5-i2 aryl, HN-(optionally-substituted C5-i2 aryl)-, R14N-(optionally- substituted 05-12 aryl)-, O-(optionally-substituted 05-12 aryl)-, HN(CO)-(optionally- substituted C5-12 aryl)-, R14N(CO)-(optionally-substituted C5-12 aryl)-, O(CO)- (optionally-substituted C5-12 aryl)-, (CO)NH-(optionally-substituted C5-12 aryl)-, (CO)R14N-(optionally-substituted C5-12 aryl)-, (CO)O-(optionally-substituted C5-12 aryl)-, optionally-substituted C2-12 heteroaryl, HN-(optionally-substituted C2-12 heteroaryl)-, R14N-(optionally-substituted C2-12 heteroaryl)-, O-(optionally-substituted C2-12 heteroaryl)-, optionally-substituted C2-12 heteroaryl, HN(CO)-(optionally-substituted C2- 12 heteroaryl)-, R14N(CO)-(optionally-substituted C2-12 heteroaryl)-, O(CO)-(optionally-
substituted C2-12 heteroaryl)-, (CO)HN-(optionally-substituted C2-12 heteroaryl)-, (CO)R14N-(optionally-substituted 02-12 heteroaryl)- and (CO)O-(optionally-substituted C2-12 heteroaryl)-;
R2 is selected from the group consisting of: optionally substituted C-M2 alkyl, optionally substituted C2-12 alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-12 alkynyl, optionally substituted C3-12 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C3-12 cycloalkenyl, NHR17, ONHR17, NHNHR17, NHNRaRp, NH(CO)(optionally-substituted Ci-6 alkyl)ONHR17, NH(CO) (optionally-substituted Ci-6 alkyl)NHR17, NH(CO)(optionally-substituted Ci-6 alkyl)NHNHR17, NH(CO)(optionally-substituted Ci-6 alkyl)NHNRaRp, (CO)NH (optionally-substituted Ci-6 alkyl)ONHR17, (CO)NH(optionally-substituted Ci-6 alkyl)NH2, (CO)NH (optionally-substituted Ci-6 alkyl)NHNHR17, (CO)NH (optionally- substituted Ci-6 alkyl)NHNRaRp, (CO)NHNHR17, (CO)NHNRaRp, NH(CO)NHNHR17, NH(CO)NHNRaRp, NHNH(CO)NHNHR17 and NHNH(CO)NHNRaRp;
each Ra and Rp is independently selected from the group consisting of: H, OH, optionally-substituted Ci-12 alkyl, optionally-substituted C2-12 alkenyl, optionally- substituted C2-12 alkynyl, optionally-substituted C3-12 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted C3-12 cycloalkenyl, optionally-substituted OCi-i2 alkyl, optionally-substituted OC2-i2 alkenyl, optionally-substituted OC2-12 alkynyl, optionally-substituted OC3-12 cycloalkyl and optionally-substituted OC3-12 cycloalkenyl; or Ra and Rp when combined together provide the group of Formula (l-a):
wherein each of Rx and R5 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, optionally-substituted Ci-12 alkyl, optionally-substituted C2-12 alkenyl, optionally- substituted C2-12 alkynyl, optionally-substituted C3-12 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted C3-12 cycloalkenyl;
each R8 R9, R10, R11 , R12, R13, R15 and R16 is independently selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen, OH, halogen, optionally-substituted Ci-12 alkyl, optionally-substituted C2-12 alkenyl, optionally-substituted C2-12 alkynyl, optionally- substituted C3-i2 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted C3-i2 cycloalkenyl, optionally- substituted OC-i-12 alkyl, optionally-substituted OC2-12 alkenyl, optionally-substituted
0C2-12 alkynyl, optionally-substituted OC3-i2 cycloalkyl and optionally-substituted OC3- 12 cycloalkenyl;
each R14 and R17 is independently selected from the group consisting of: H, optionally-substituted
alkyl and N-protecting group; and
each p, q, r and s is an integer independently selected from the group consisting of: 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6; coupling reaction with a compound of Formula (VI):
Formula (VI) wherein
R1 and n are as defined above and LG is a leaving group; to provide the compound of Formula (V).
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
Figure 1 is a schematic of a linker of the invention showing its reactive ends available to form bonds with an azide functionalised material (a Quantum dot in this case) and an amino functionalised biological molecule (transferrin in this case).
Figure 2 shows the idealised structure of the linker shown in figure 1 after binding.
Figures 3 shows the mass spectral analysis of the reaction of the linker of example 3 with transferrin at a ratio of linker to transferrin of 2:1 .
Figure 4 shows the mass spectral analysis of the reaction of the linker of example 3 with transferrin at a ratio of linker to transferrin of 4:1 .
Figure 5 shows the reaction product of the linker bound to transferrin with a small molecule azide, azidoacetanilide.
Figure 6 shows the mass spectral analysis of the reaction product of the linker with transferrin.
Figure 7 shows the product of reaction of the mixture analysed in figure 6 with an azide showing reactivity of the transferrin-bound cyclo-octyne moiety with an azide. Figure 8 shows the stylised product of the linker of example 3 bound to an amino- Alexa dye and an azide-modified Quantum dot.
Figure 9 shows the normalised absorbance of separate quantum dot and the dye. Figure 10 shows the fluorescent intensity with differing amounts of dye bound through the linker to the quantum dot.
Figure 1 1 shows an agarose gel electrophoresis of QD's and QD plus transferrin under UV lamp.
Figure 12 shows the agarose gel electrophoresis of QD's and QD plus transferrin after staining with Coomassie blue.
Figure 13 shows Fe2-transferrin uptake into HeLa cells using A568-Fe2Tf (A1 -A3), QD100-Fe2Tf (B1 -B3) and QD100 (C1 -C3).
Figure 14 shows time dependent QD uptake into cells and co-staining with early and late endosomal markers, a) QD100-Fe2Tf uptake into HeLa cells were performed for 15 min at 37°C. Cells were fixed in 4% paraformaldehyde and stained with rabbit anti-EEA1 (early endosome antigen 1 ) followed by A568-conjugated anti-rabbit IgG, and mouse anti-CD63 followed by A647-conjugated mouse IgG. (A, D) EEA1 has been pseudo-colored green; (B, E) QD100-Fe2Tf has been pseudo-colored red. D-H show 2x magnification of the boxed region. G is overlay of D and E; H is overlay of E and Fb) QD100-Fe2Tf uptake into HeLa cells was performed for 2 h at 37°C. Cells were fixed in 4% paraformaldehyde and stained and pseudo-colored as for a). D-H show 2x magnification of the boxed region. G is overlay of D and E; H is overlay of E and F. Representative regions of overlap are indicated by arrows.
Figure 15 Mass spectral analysis of herceptin.
Figure 16 and figure 17 show mass spectral analysis of Herceptin conjugated to the linker of example 3 using a ratio of antibody to linker of 1 : 10 (figure 16) and a ration of 1 :20 (figure 17).
Figure 18 is an absorption spectrum of Herceptin-linker-azido-Fluor 585 dye conjugates. After oxidation of glycan residues on an antibody with Nal04, a linker of example 8 was reacted in a ratio of 4: 1 , 10:1 and 100: 1 of linker to antibody in an aniline buffer, and then finally with azide-AlexaFluor585.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
In this specification a number of terms are used which are well known to a skilled addressee. Nevertheless for the purposes of clarity a number of terms will be defined.
The term "substrate" may include any surface or material for conjugation by the methods disclosed in this invention. Some substrates include deposited or adhered particles, which may include coatings or layers. In some embodiments of the invention, the term substrate refers to particles. A skilled addressee would appreciate that the term "particle" encompasses particles of different shapes and sizes. Typical particles for conjugation may include microparticles, mesoparticles, nanoparticles or any other particle suitable for conjugation. Other examples include semiconducting, metallic and magnetic nanocrystals (or mixtures thereof); particles of non-spherical shapes such as nanorods and nanowires; complex particles consisting of a core and shell or alloy structure; silica or silicic acid based particles; or organic semiconducting polymer-based particles.
Quantum dots are semiconductors whose electronic characteristics are closely related to the size and shape of the individual crystal. The term "quantum dot" is readily understood by the skilled person in the art.
An "azide-functionalised" substrate or an "azide-functionalised" molecule refers to a substrate or a molecule bearing one or more azide (-N3) groups. The azide groups are present at the surface of the quantum dot or biological molecule such that the azide group can react with other molecules or particles, which possess other reactive functional groups. For example, the azide group can react with other molecules or particles, which possess an alkyne group or cycloalkyne group.
Similarly, an "amine-functionalised" substrate or an "amine-functionalised" molecule refers to a substrate or molecule, which has one or more reactive amine groups. The amine groups are present at the surface of the substrate or molecule such that the amine group can react with molecules or particles, which possess other reactive functional groups. For example, the amine group can react with other molecules or
particles, which possess a squarate group, a carboxylic acid group, or an activated equivalent such as an NHS ester.
Similarly, an "aldehyde-functionalised" substrate or an "aldehyde-functionalised" molecule refers to a substrate or molecule, which has one or more reactive aldehyde groups. The aldehyde moiety may be present in free or hydrated form. The aldehyde groups are present at the surface of the substrate or molecule such that the aldehyde group can react with molecules or particles, which possess other reactive functional groups. For example, the aldehyde group can react with other molecules or particles, which possess an amine, aminooxy, hydrazide, semicarbazide or carbohydrazide group.
Similarly, a "ketone-functionalised" substrate or a "ketone -functionalised" molecule refers to a substrate or molecule, which has one or more reactive ketone groups. The ketone moiety may be present in free or hydrated form. The ketone groups are present at the surface of the substrate or molecule such that the ketone group can react with molecules or particles, which possess other reactive functional groups. For example, the ketone group can react with other molecules or particles, which possess an amine, aminooxy, hydrazide, semicarbazide or carbohydrazide group.
The term "molecule" is readily understood by a skilled addressee to include polyatomic compounds held together by covalent bonds. The molecules of the present invention may also include polyatomic ions. The term "biological molecule" refers to a synthetic or naturally occurring molecule produced or used by an organism, cell or cellular fraction. This includes, but is not limited to, large polymeric molecules such as proteins, peptides, polysaccharides, lipids, hormones and nucleic acids as well as small molecules such as natural products and derivatives thereof.
The term "[3+2] cycloaddition" reactions is readily understood by the skilled addressee. The [3+2] cycloaddition reactions refer to the reaction of a dipolarophile with a 1 ,3-dipolar compound that leads to 5-membered (hetero)cycles. Examples of dipolarophiles are alkenes and alkynes and molecules that possess related
heteroatom functional groups (such as carbonyls and nitriles). 1 ,3-Dipolar compounds typically contain one or more heteroatoms and can be described as having at least one mesomeric structure that represents a charged dipole. Examples of 1 ,3-dipolar compounds are azides, nitrile oxides, nitrones and diazoalkanes.
A "leaving group" is a chemical group that is readily displaced by a nucleophilic incoming chemical moiety. Accordingly in any situation the choice of leaving group will depend upon the ability of the particular group to be displaced by the incoming chemical moiety. Suitable leaving groups are well known in the art, see for example "Advanced Organic Chemistry" Jerry March 4th Edn. pp 351 -357, Oak Wick and Sons NY (1997). Examples of suitable leaving groups include, but are not limited to, halogen, alkoxy (such as ethoxy, methoxy), sulfonyloxy, optionally-substituted arylsulfonyl. Specific examples include chloro, iodo, bromo, fluoro, ethoxy, methoxy, methansulphonyl, triflate and the like.
The term "normal chain" refers to the direct chain joining the two ends of a linking moiety.
The term "optionally-substituted" as used throughout the specification denotes that the group may or may not be further substituted or fused (so as to form a condensed polycyclic system), with one or more non-hydrogen substituent groups. In certain embodiments the substituent groups are one or more groups independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, =O, =S, -CN, -NO2, -CF3, -OCF3, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, haloalkynyl, heteroalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkenyl, heterocycloalkylalkenyl, arylalkenyl, heteroarylalkenyl, cycloalkylheteroalkyl, heterocycloalkylheteroalkyl, arylheteroalkyl, heteroarylheteroalkyl, hydroxy, hydroxyalkyl, alkyloxy, alkyloxyalkyl, alkyloxycycloalkyl, alkyloxyheterocycloalkyl, alkyloxyaryl, alkyloxyheteroaryl, alkyloxycarbonyl, alkylaminocarbonyl, alkenyloxy, alkynyloxy, cycloalkyloxy, cycloalkenyloxy, heterocycloalkyloxy, heterocycloalkenyloxy, aryloxy, phenoxy, benzyloxy, heteroaryloxy, arylalkyloxy, amino, alkylamino, acylamino, aminoalkyl, arylamino, sulfonylamino, sulfinylamino, sulfonyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, aminosulfonyl, sulfinyl, alkylsulfinyl, arylsulfinyl,
aminosulfinylaminoalkyl, -C(=0)OH, -C(=0)Rf, -C(=0)ORf, C(=0)NRfRg, C(=NOH)Rf, C(=NRf)NRgRh, NRfRg, NRfC(=0)Rg, NRfC(=0)ORg, NRfC(=0)NRgRh, NRfC(=NRg)NRhR', NRfS02Rg, -SRf, S02NRfRg, -ORf OC(=0)NRfRg, OC(=0)Rf and acyl, wherein Rf, Rg, Rh and R' are each independently selected from the group consisting of H, C-i-C-12 alkyl, C1-C12 haloalkyl, C2-C12 alkenyl, C2-C12 alkynyl, C1-C10 heteroalkyl, C3-C12 cycloalkyl, C3-C12 cycloalkenyl, C1-C12 heterocycloalkyl, C1-C12 heterocycloalkenyl, C6-Ci8 aryl, Ci-Ci8 heteroaryl, and acyl, or any two or more of Re, Rf, Rg and Rh, when taken together with the atoms to which they are attached form a heterocyclic ring system with 3 to 12 ring atoms.
In some embodiments each optional substituent is independently selected from the group consisting of: halogen, =0, =S, -CN, -NO2, -CF3, -OCF3, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, haloalkynyl, heteroalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, hydroxyalkyl, alkyloxy, alkyloxyalkyl, alkyloxyaryl, alkyloxyheteroaryl, alkenyloxy, alkynyloxy, cycloalkyloxy, cycloalkenyloxy, heterocycloalkyloxy, heterocycloalkenyloxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, arylalkyloxy, amino, alkylamino, acylamino, aminoalkyl, arylamino, sulfonyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, aminosulfonyl, aminoalkyl, -COOH, -SH, and acyl.
Examples of particularly suitable optional substituents include =0, F, CI, Br, I, CH3, CH2CH3, OH, OCH3, OCH2CH3, CF3, OCF3, NO2, NH2, and CN.
In the definitions of a number of substituents below it is stated that "the group may be a terminal group or a bridging group". This is intended to signify that the use of the term is intended to encompass the situation where the group is a linker between two other portions of the molecule as well as where it is a terminal moiety. Using the term alkyl as an example, some publications would use the term "alkylene" for a bridging group and hence in these other publications there is a distinction between the terms "alkyl" (terminal group) and "alkylene" (bridging group). In the present application no such distinction is made and most groups may be either a bridging group or a terminal group.
"Acyl" means an R-C(=0)- group in which the R group may be an alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl group as defined herein. Examples of acyl include acetyl and benzoyl. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the carbonyl carbon.
"Acylamino" means an R-C(=0)-NH- group in which the R group may be an alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl group as defined herein. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the nitrogen atom.
"Alkenyl" as a group or part of a group denotes an aliphatic hydrocarbon group containing at least one carbon-carbon double bond and which may be straight or branched preferably having 2-12 carbon atoms, more preferably 2-10 carbon atoms, most preferably 2-6 carbon atoms, in the normal chain. The group may contain a plurality of double bonds in the normal chain and the orientation about each is independently E or Z. The alkenyl group is preferably a 1 -alkenyl group. Exemplary alkenyl groups include, but are not limited to, ethenyl, propenyl, butenyl, pentenyl, hexenyl, heptenyl, octenyl and nonenyl. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group.
"Alkenyloxy" refers to an alkenyl-O- group in which alkenyl is as defined herein. Preferred alkenyloxy groups are C1-C6 alkenyloxy groups. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the oxygen atom.
"Alkyl" as a group or part of a group refers to a straight or branched aliphatic hydrocarbon group, preferably a C1-C12 alkyl, more preferably a C1-C10 alkyl, most preferably CrC6 unless otherwise noted. Examples of suitable straight and branched C1-C6 alkyl substituents include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, 2-propyl, n-butyl, sec-butyl, t- butyl, hexyl, and the like. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group.
"Alkylamino" includes both mono-alkylamino and dialkylamino, unless specified. "Mono-alkylamino" means an Alkyl-NH- group, in which alkyl is as defined herein. "Dialkylamino" means a (alkyl)2N- group, in which each alkyl may be the same or different and are each as defined herein for alkyl. The alkyl group is preferably a Ci- C6 alkyl group. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the nitrogen atom.
"Alkylaminocarbonyl" refers to a group of the formula (alkyl)x(H)yNC(=0)- in which alkyl is as defined herein, x is 1 or 2, and the sum of X+Y =2. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the carbonyl carbon.
"Alkyloxy" refers to an alkyl-O- group in which alkyl is as defined herein. Preferably the alkyloxy is a C1-C6 alkyloxy. Examples include, but are not limited to, methoxy and ethoxy. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group.
"Alkyloxyalkyl" refers to an alkyloxy-alkyl- group in which the alkyloxy and alkyl moieties are as defined herein. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the alkyl group.
"Alkyloxyaryl" refers to an alkyloxy-aryl- group in which the alkyloxy and aryl moieties are as defined herein. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the aryl group.
"Alkyloxycarbonyl" refers to an alkyl-0-C(=0)- group in which alkyl is as defined herein. The alkyl group is preferably a C1-C6 alkyl group. Examples include, but are not limited to, methoxycarbonyl and ethoxycarbonyl. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the carbonyl carbon.
"Alkyloxycycloalkyl" refers to an alkyloxy-cycloalkyl- group in which the alkyloxy and cycloalkyl moieties are as defined herein. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the cycloalkyl group.
"Alkyloxyheteroaryl" refers to an alkyloxy-heteroaryl- group in which the alkyloxy and heteroaryl moieties are as defined herein. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the heteroaryl group.
"Alkyloxyheterocycloalkyl" refers to an alkyloxy-heterocycloalkyi- group in which the alkyloxy and heterocycloalkyl moieties are as defined herein. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the heterocycloalkyl group.
"Alkylsulfinyl" means an alkyl-S-(=0)- group in which alkyl is as defined herein. The alkyl group is preferably a CrC6 alkyl group. Exemplary alkylsulfinyl groups include, but not limited to, methylsulfinyl and ethylsulfinyl. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the sulfur atom.
"Alkylsulfonyl" refers to an alkyl-S(=0)2- group in which alkyl is as defined above. The alkyl group is preferably a C1-C6 alkyl group. Examples include, but not limited to methylsulfonyl and ethylsulfonyl. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the sulfur atom.
"Alkynyl" as a group or part of a group means an aliphatic hydrocarbon group containing a carbon-carbon triple bond and which may be straight or branched preferably having from 2-12 carbon atoms, more preferably 2-10 carbon atoms, more preferably 2-6 carbon atoms in the normal chain. Exemplary structures include, but are not limited to, ethynyl and propynyl. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group.
"Alkynyloxy" refers to an alkynyl-O- group in which alkynyl is as defined herein. Preferred alkynyloxy groups are C1-C6 alkynyloxy groups. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the oxygen atom.
"Aminoalkyl" means an NH2-alkyl- group in which the alkyl group is as defined herein. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the alkyl group. "Aminosulfonyl" means an NH2-S(=0)2- group. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the sulfur atom.
"Aryl" as a group or part of a group denotes (i) an optionally-substituted monocyclic, or fused polycyclic, aromatic carbocycle (ring structure having ring atoms that are all carbon) preferably having from 5 to 12 atoms per ring. Examples of aryl groups include phenyl, naphthyl, and the like; (ii) an optionally-substituted partially saturated bicyclic aromatic carbocyclic moiety in which a phenyl and a Cs-7 cycloalkyl or Cs-7 cycloalkenyl group are fused together to form a cyclic structure, such as tetrahydronaphthyl, indenyl or indanyl. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. Typically an aryl group is a C6-C18 aryl group.
"Arylalkenyl" means an aryl-alkenyl- group in which the aryl and alkenyl are as defined herein. Exemplary arylalkenyl groups include phenylallyl. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the alkenyl group.
"Arylalkyl" means an aryl-alkyl- group in which the aryl and alkyl moieties are as defined herein. Preferred arylalkyl groups contain a d-salkyl moiety. Exemplary arylalkyl groups include benzyl, phenethyl, 1 -naphthalenemethyl and 2- naphthalenemethyl. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the alkyl group.
"Arylalkyloxy" refers to an aryl-alkyl-O- group in which the alkyl and aryl are as defined herein. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the oxygen atom.
"Arylamino" includes both mono-arylamino and di-arylamino unless specified. Mono-arylamino means a group of formula arylNH-, in which aryl is as defined herein. Di-arylamino means a group of formula (aryl)2N- where each aryl may be the same or different and are each as defined herein for aryl. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the nitrogen atom.
"Arylheteroalkyl" means an aryl-heteroalkyl- group in which the aryl and heteroalkyl moieties are as defined herein. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the heteroalkyl group.
"Aryloxy" refers to an aryl-O- group in which the aryl is as defined herein. Preferably the aryloxy is a Ce-Cisaryloxy, more preferably a C6-Cioaryloxy. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the oxygen atom.
"Arylsulfonyl" means an aryl-S(=0)2- group in which the aryl group is as defined herein. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the sulfur atom.
A "bond" is a linkage between atoms in a compound or molecule. The bond may be a single bond, a double bond, or a triple bond. "Cycloalkenyl" means a non-aromatic monocyclic or multicyclic ring system containing at least one carbon-carbon double bond and preferably having from 4-10 carbon atoms per ring. Exemplary monocyclic cycloalkenyl rings include cyclobutenyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclohexenyl or cycloheptenyl. The cycloalkenyl group may be substituted by one or more substituent groups. Exemplary monocyclic cycloalkenyl
rings are substituted with one or more =0 group, and/or one or more OMe group and/or one or more OEt. A cycloalkenyl group typically is a C3-C12 alkenyl group. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. "Cycloalkyi" refers to a saturated monocyclic or fused or spiro polycyclic, carbocycle preferably containing from 3 to 9 carbons per ring, such as cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl and the like, unless otherwise specified. It includes monocyclic systems such as cyclopropyl and cyclohexyl, bicyclic systems such as decalin, and polycyclic systems such as adamantane. A cycloalkyi group typically is a C3-C12 alkyl group. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group.
"Cycloalkylalkyl" means a cycloalkyl-alkyl- group in which the cycloalkyi and alkyl moieties are as defined herein. Exemplary monocycloalkylalkyl groups include cyclopropylmethyl, cyclopentylmethyl, cyclohexylmethyl and cycloheptylmethyl. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the alkyl group.
"Cycloalkylalkenyl" means a cycloalkyl-alkenyl- group in which the cycloalkyi and alkenyl moieties are as defined herein. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the alkenyl group.
"Cycloalkylheteroalkyl" means a cycloalkyl-heteroalkyl- group in which the cycloalkyi and heteroalkyl moieties are as defined herein. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the heteroalkyl group.
"Cycloalkyloxy" refers to a cycloalkyl-O- group in which cycloalkyi is as defined herein. Preferably the cycloalkyloxy is a Ci-C6cycloalkyloxy. Examples include, but are not limited to, cyclopropanoxy and cyclobutanoxy. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the oxygen atom.
"Cycloalkenyloxy" refers to a cycloalkenyl-O- group in which the cycloalkenyl is as defined herein. Preferably the cycloalkenyloxy is a Ci-C6cycloalkenyloxy. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the oxygen atom.
"Haloalkyl" refers to an alkyl group as defined herein in which one or more of the hydrogen atoms has been replaced with a halogen atom selected from the group consisting of fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine. A haloalkyl group typically has the formula CnH(2n+i -m) m wherein each X is independently selected from the group consisting of F, CI, Br and I. In groups of this type n is typically from 1 to 10, more preferably from 1 to 6, most preferably 1 to 3. m is typically 1 to 6, more preferably 1 to 3. Examples of haloalkyl include fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl and trifluoromethyl.
"Haloalkenyl" refers to an alkenyl group as defined herein in which one or more of the hydrogen atoms has been replaced with a halogen atom independently selected from the group consisting of F, CI, Br and I.
"Haloalkynyl" refers to an alkynyl group as defined herein in which one or more of the hydrogen atoms has been replaced with a halogen atom independently selected from the group consisting of F, CI, Br and I.
"Halogen" represents chlorine, fluorine, bromine or iodine.
"Heteroalkyl" refers to a straight- or branched-chain alkyl group preferably having from 2 to 12 carbons, more preferably 2 to 6 carbons in the chain, in which one or more of the carbon atoms (and any associated hydrogen atoms) are each independently replaced by a heteroatomic group selected from S, 0, P and NR' where R' is selected from the group consisting of H, optionally-substituted C1 -C12 alkyl, optionally- substituted C3-C12 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted C6-C18 aryl, and optionally- substituted Ci-Ci8 heteroaryl. Exemplary heteroalkyls include alkyl ethers, secondary and tertiary alkyl amines, amides, alkyl sulfides, and the like. Examples of heteroalkyl also include hydroxyCi-C6 alkyl, Ci-C6-alkyloxyCi-C6 alkyl, amino-Ci-C6 alkyl, C1 -C6- alkylamino C1 -C6 alkyl, and di(Ci-C6-alkyl)amino C1 -C6 alkyl. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group.
"Heteroalkyloxy" refers to a heteroalkyl-O- group in which heteroalkyl is as defined herein. Preferably the heteroalkyloxy is a C2-C6 heteroalkyloxy. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group.
"Heteroaryl" either alone or part of a group refers to groups containing an aromatic ring (preferably a 5 or 6 membered aromatic ring) having one or more heteroatoms as ring atoms in the aromatic ring with the remainder of the ring atoms being carbon atoms. Suitable heteroatoms include nitrogen, oxygen and sulphur. Examples of heteroaryl include thiophene, benzothiophene, benzofuran, benzimidazole, benzoxazole, benzothiazole, benzisothiazole, naphtho[2,3-b]thiophene, furan, isoindolizine, xantholene, phenoxatine, pyrrole, imidazole, pyrazole, pyridine, pyrazine, pyrimidine, pyridazine, tetrazole, indole, isoindole, 1 H-indazole, purine, quinoline, isoquinoline, phthalazine, naphthyridine, quinoxaline, cinnoline, carbazole, phenanthridine, acridine, phenazine, thiazole, isothiazole, phenothiazine, oxazole, isooxazole, furazane, phenoxazine, 2-, 3- or 4- pyridyl, 2-, 3-, 4-, 5-, or 8- quinolyl, 1 -, 3-, 4-, or 5- isoquinolinyl 1 -, 2-, or 3- indolyl, and 2-, or 3-thienyl. A heteroaryl group is typically a C1-C18 heteroaryl group. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group.
"Heteroarylalkyl" means a heteroaryl-alkyl group in which the heteroaryl and alkyl moieties are as defined herein. Preferred heteroarylalkyl groups contain a lower alkyl moiety. Exemplary heteroarylalkyl groups include pyridylmethyl. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the alkyl group.
"Heteroarylalkenyl" means a heteroaryl-alkenyl- group in which the heteroaryl and alkenyl moieties are as defined herein. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the alkenyl group.
"Heteroarylheteroalkyl" means a heteroaryl-heteroalkyl- group in which the heteroaryl and heteroalkyl moieties are as defined herein. The group may be a terminal group
or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the heteroalkyl group.
"Heteroaryloxy" refers to a heteroaryl-O- group in which the heteroaryl is as defined herein. Preferably the heteroaryloxy is a Ci -Ci 8 heteroaryloxy. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the oxygen atom.
"Heterocyclic" refers to saturated, partially unsaturated or fully unsaturated monocyclic, bicyclic or polycyclic ring system containing at least one heteroatom selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, sulfur and oxygen as a ring atom. Examples of heterocyclic moieties include heterocycloalkyi, heterocycloalkenyl and heteroaryl. "Heterocycloalkenyl" refers to a heterocycloalkyi group as defined herein but containing at least one double bond. A heterocycloalkenyl group typically is a C2-C12 heterocycloalkenyl group. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group.
"Heterocycloalkyi" refers to a saturated monocyclic, bicyclic, or polycyclic ring containing at least one heteroatom selected from nitrogen, sulfur, oxygen, preferably from 1 to 3 heteroatoms in at least one ring. Each ring is preferably from 3 to 10 membered, more preferably 4 to 7 membered. Examples of suitable heterocycloalkyi substituents include pyrrolidyl, tetrahydrofuryl, tetrahydrothiofuranyl, piperidyl, piperazyl, tetrahydropyranyl, morphilino, 1 ,3-diazapane, 1 ,4-diazapane, 1 ,4- oxazepane, and 1 ,4-oxathiapane. A heterocycloalkyi group typically is a C2-C12 heterocycloalkyi group. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group.
"Heterocycloalkylalkyl" refers to a heterocycloalkyl-alkyl- group in which the heterocycloalkyi and alkyl moieties are as defined herein. Exemplary heterocycloalkylalkyl groups include (2-tetrahydrofuryl)methyl,
(2-tetrahydrothiofuranyl) methyl. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the alkyl group.
"Heterocycloalkylalkenyl" refers to a heterocycloalkyl-alkenyl- group in which the heterocycloalkyl and alkenyl moieties are as defined herein. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the alkenyl group.
"Heterocycloalkylheteroalkyl" means a heterocycloalkyl-heteroalkyl- group in which the heterocycloalkyl and heteroalkyl moieties are as defined herein. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the heteroalkyl group.
"Heterocycloalkyloxy" refers to a heterocycloalkyl-O- group in which the heterocycloalkyl is as defined herein. Preferably the heterocycloalkyloxy is a C1-C6 heterocycloalkyloxy. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the oxygen atom.
"Heterocycloalkenyloxy" refers to a heterocycloalkenyl-O- group in which heterocycloalkenyl is as defined herein. Preferably the heterocycloalkenyloxy is a Ci- C6 heterocycloalkenyloxy. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the oxygen atom.
"Hydroxyalkyi" refers to an alkyl group as defined herein in which one or more of the hydrogen atoms has been replaced with an OH group. A hydroxyalkyi group typically has the formula CnH(2n+i-x)(OH)x. In groups of this type n is typically from 1 to 10, more preferably from 1 to 6, most preferably 1 to 3. x is typically 1 to 6, more preferably 1 to 3.
"Sulfinyl" means an R-S(=O)- group in which the R group may be OH, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl; aryl or heteroaryl group as defined herein. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the sulfur atom.
"Sulfinylamino" means an R-S(=0)-NH- group in which the R group may be OH, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl; aryl or heteroaryl group as defined herein. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the nitrogen atom.
"Sulfonyl" means an R-S(=O)2- group in which the R group may be OH, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl; aryl or heteroaryl group as defined herein. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the sulfur atom.
"Sulfonylamino" means an R-S(=O)2-NH- group. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. If the group is a terminal group it is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through the nitrogen atom. "N-protecting group" means a group that can prevent the nitrogen atom reacting during further derivatisation of the protected compound and which can be readily removed when desired. Examples of N-protecting groups include alkyl amines, benzyl amines, t-Boc, Alloc, CBz and Fmoc. Further examples of these groups are found in: Greene, T. W. and Wuts, P. G. M., Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, Second edition; Wiley-lnterscience: 1991 ; Chapter 7; McOmie, J. F. W. (ed.), Protective Groups in Organic Chemistry, Plenum Press, 1973; and Kocienski, P. J., Protecting Groups, Second Edition, Theime Medical Pub., 2000.
"O-protecting group" means a group that can prevent the oxygen atom reacting during further derivatisation of the protected compound and which can be readily removed when desired. Examples of O-protecting groups include silyl ethers (e.g. trimethylsilyl ether, tert-butyldimethylsilyl ether), acetyl, benzoyl, benzyl trityl. Further examples of these groups are found in: Greene, T. W. and Wuts, P. G. M., Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, Second edition; Wiley-lnterscience: 1991 ; Chapter 7; McOmie, J. F. W. (ed.), Protective Groups in Organic Chemistry, Plenum Press, 1973; and Kocienski, P. J., Protecting Groups, Second Edition, Theime Medical Pub., 2000.
The compounds of the invention include a linking moiety (L1) which links the moiety containing the cyclooctyne to the second moiety (R2 or X5-R2).
In some embodiments L1 is a linking group that serves to act as a spacer between the cyclooctyne moiety and the second moiety. The linking group separates the cyclooctyne moiety and second moiety, which can individually react with a functionalised substrate and a functionalised molecule, tethering the substrate and molecule. As such whilst it is desirable that there be a certain degree of separation between the two in order to ensure that the two moieties do not interfere with each other it is also important that the two are not so far removed such that the substrate tethered to the molecule loses application and/or activity.
In some embodiments L1 is a linking moiety having from 1 to 25 atoms in the normal chain. In some embodiments L1 is a linking moiety having from 1 to 20 atoms in the normal chain. In some embodiments L1 is a linking moiety having from 1 to 15 atoms in the normal chain. In some embodiments L1 is a linking moiety having from 1 to 12 atoms in the normal chain. In some embodiments L1 is a linking moiety having from 1 to 10 atoms in the normal chain. In some embodiments L1 is a linking moiety having from 1 to 8 atoms in the normal chain. In some embodiments L1 has 8 atoms in the normal chain. In some embodiments L1 has 7 atoms in the normal chain. In some embodiments L1 has 6 atoms in the normal chain. In some embodiments L1 has 5 atoms in the normal chain. In some embodiments L1 has 4 atoms in the normal chain. In some embodiments L1 has 3 atoms in the normal chain. In some embodiments L1 has 2 atoms in the normal chain. In some embodiments L1 has 1 atom in the normal chain. A wide range of possible moieties may be used to create a linking moiety of this type. Examples of suitable moieties that may be used in the creation of L1 include optionally-substituted C1-C12 alkyl, optionally-substituted C1 -C12 heteroalkyl, optionally-substituted C3-C12 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted C6-C18 aryl, and optionally-substituted C1-C18 heteroaryl.
Formula (II)
wherein
A is bonded to the cyclopropane group of Formula (I) and A is selected from the group consisting of: a bond and (CR3R4)m;
X1 , is selected from the group consisting of: a bond, 0, NH, NR5, S and CR6R7; X2 is selected from the group consisting of: 0 and S;
L2 is bonded to the R2 group and is of the Formula X3(CR8R9)p [X4(CR10R1 1 )q]r (CR12R13)S X5
Formula (III)
X3 is selected from the group consisting of: a bond, 0, NH, NR14, S and
C R15R16.
X4 is selected from the group consisting of: a bond, 0, NH, NR14, S and CR15R16;
X5 is selected from the group consisting of: a bond, 0, NH, NR14, S, CR15R16, optionally-substituted alkyl, HN-(optionally-substitute alkyl)-, R14N- (optionally-substituted
alkyl)-, 0-(optionally-substituted kyl)-, optionally- substituted C5-12 aryl, HN-(optionally-substituted C5-i2 aryl)-, R14N-(optionally- substituted C5-i2 aryl)-, 0-(optionally-substituted C5-i2 aryl)-, HN(CO)-(optionally- substituted C5-12 aryl)-, R14N(CO)-(optionally-substituted C5-12 aryl)-, O(CO)- (optionally-substituted 05-12 aryl)-, (CO)NH-(optionally-substituted Cs-12 aryl)-, (CO)R14N-(optionally-substituted C5-12 aryl)-, (CO)O-(optionally-substituted C5-12 aryl)-, optionally-substituted C2-12 heteroaryl, HN-(optionally-substituted C2-12 heteroaryl)-, R14N-(optionally-substituted 02-12 heteroaryl)-, 0-(optionally-substituted 02-12 heteroaryl)-, optionally-substituted 02-12 heteroaryl, HN(CO)-(optionally-substituted C2- 12 heteroaryl)-, R14N(CO)-(optionally-substituted 02-12 heteroaryl)-, 0(CO)-(optionally- substituted C2-12 heteroaryl)-, (CO)HN-(optionally-substituted C2-12 heteroaryl)-, (CO)R14N-(optionally-substituted 02-12 heteroaryl)- and (CO)O-(optionally-substituted C2-12 heteroaryl)-;
each R5 and R14 is independently selected from the group consisting of: optionally-substituted
alkyl and N-protecting group;
each R3, R4, R6, R7, R8 R9 R10, R11 , R12, R13, R15 and R16 is independently selected from the group consisting of: H, OH, halogen, optionally-substituted Ci-12 alkyl, optionally-substituted C2-12 alkenyl, optionally-substituted C2-12 alkynyl, optionally-substituted C3-12 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted C3-12 cycloalkenyl, optionally-substituted OCi-12 alkyl, optionally-substituted OC2-12 alkenyl, optionally- substituted OC2-12 alkynyl, optionally-substituted OC3-12 cycloalkyl and optionally- substituted OC3-i2 cycloalkenyl;
n is an integer selected from the group consisting of: 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 and 8; m is an integer selected from the group consisting of: 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6; and each p, q, r and s is an integer independently selected from the group consisting of: 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6. This provides compounds of Formula (ll-a):
Formula (ll-a)
wherein
each R is independently selected from the group consisting of: H, halogen, OH, NO2, CN, SH, NH2, CF3, OCHF2, OCF3, optionally-substituted C1-12 alkyl, optionally-substituted
haloalkyl, optionally-substituted 02-12 alkenyl, optionally- substituted C2-12 alkynyl, optionally-substituted C2-12 heteroalkyl, optionally-substituted C3-12 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted C3-12 cycloalkenyl, optionally-substituted 02-12 heterocycloalkyl, optionally-substituted 02-12 heterocycloalkenyl, optionally-substituted Ce-18 aryl, optionally-substituted C-M S heteroaryl, optionally-substituted Ci-12 alkyloxy, optionally-substituted C2-12 alkenyloxy, optionally-substituted C2-12 alkynyloxy,
optionally-substituted C2-12 heteroalkyloxy, optionally-substituted C3-i2 cycloalkyloxy, optionally-substituted C3-12 cycloalkenyloxy, optionally-substituted 02-12 heterocycloalkyloxy, optionally-substituted 02-12 heterocycloalkenyloxy, optionally- substituted Ce-18 aryloxy, optionally-substituted Ci-ie heteroaryloxy, optionally- substituted C1 -12 alkylamino, SRC, SO3H, SO2NRcRd, SO2R, SONRcRd, SORc, COOH, COORc, CORc, CONRcRd, NRcCORd, NRcCOORd, NRcSO2Rd, NRcCONRdRe and NRcRd, or any two R1 on adjacent carbon atoms form a fused substituent;
A is selected from the group consisting of: a bond and (CR3R4)m;
X1 , is selected from the group consisting of: a bond, O, N H, NR5, S and CR6R7; X2 is selected from the group consisting of: O and S;
L2 is of the Formula (III): X3(CR8R9)p [X4(CR1 0R1 1 )q]r (CR12R1 3)S X5
Formula (III)
R2 is selected from the group consisting of: optionally substituted C-M2 alkyl, optionally substituted C2-12 alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-12 alkynyl, optionally substituted C3-i2 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C3-i2 cycloalkenyl, NH2, ONH2, NHNH2, NHNRaRp, NH(CO) (optionally-substituted C1 -6 alkyl)ONH2, NH(CO) (optionally-substituted Ci-6 alkyl)NH2, NH(CO)(optionally-substituted Ci-6 alkyl)NHNH2, NH(CO) (optionally-substituted C1 -6 alkyl)NHNRaRp, (CO)NH (optionally-substituted Ci-6 alkyl)ONH2, (CO)NH (optionally-substituted Ci-6 alkyl)NH2, (CO)NH (optionally-substituted Ci-6 alkyl)NHNH2, (CO)NH (optionally-substituted Ci-6 alkyl)NHNRaRp, (CO)NHNH2, (CO)N HNRaRp, N H(CO)NHN H2, NH(CO)NHNRaRp, NHNH(CO)NHNH2 and NHNH(CO)NHNRaRp;
each Ra and Rp is independently selected from the group consisting of: H, OH, optionally-substituted Ci-12 alkyl, optionally-substituted C2-12 alkenyl, optionally- substituted C2-12 alkynyl, optionally-substituted C3-12 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted C3-12 cycloalkenyl, optionally-substituted OCi-12 alkyl, optionally-substituted OC2-12 alkenyl, optionally-substituted OC2-i2 alkynyl, optionally-substituted OC3-i2 cycloalkyl and optionally-substituted OC3-i2 cycloalkenyl; or Ra and Rp when combined together provide the group of Formula (l-a):
Formula (l-a)
wherein each of Rx and R5 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, optionally-substituted
alkyl, optionally-substituted 02-12 alkenyl, optionally- substituted C2-12 alkynyl, optionally-substituted C3-i2 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted C3-12 cycloalkenyl;
X3 is selected from the group consisting of: a bond, O, NH, NR14, S and
C R15R16.
X4 is selected from the group consisting of: a bond, O, NH, NR14, S and CR15R16;
X5 is selected from the group consisting of: a bond, O, NH, NR14, S, CR15R16, optionally-substituted
alkyl, HN-(optionally-substituted Ci-12 alkyl)-, R14N- (optionally-substituted Ci-i2 alkyl)-, O-(optionally-substituted Ci-i2 alkyl)-, optionally- substituted C5-12 aryl, HN-(optionally-substituted Cs-12 aryl)-, R14N-(optionally- substituted Cs-12 aryl)-, O-(optionally-substituted Cs-12 aryl)-, HN(CO)-(optionally- substituted C5-i2 aryl)-, R14N(CO)-(optionally-substituted C5-i2 aryl)-, O(CO)- (optionally-substituted C5-i2 aryl)-, (CO)NH-(optionally-substituted C5-i2 aryl)-, (CO)R14N-(optionally-substituted C5-i2 aryl)-, (CO)O-(optionally-substituted C5-i2 aryl)-, optionally-substituted C2-12 heteroaryl, HN-(optionally-substituted C2-12 heteroaryl)-, R14N-(optionally-substituted C2-12 heteroaryl)-, O-(optionally-substituted C2-12 heteroaryl)-, optionally-substituted C2-12 heteroaryl, HN(CO)-(optionally-substituted C2- 12 heteroaryl)-, R14N(CO)-(optionally-substituted C2-12 heteroaryl)-, O(CO)-(optionally- substituted C2-12 heteroaryl)-, (CO)HN-(optionally-substituted C2-12 heteroaryl)-, (CO)R14N-(optionally-substituted C2-12 heteroaryl)- and (CO)O-(optionally-substituted C2-12 heteroaryl)-;
each R5 and R14 is independently selected from the group consisting of: optionally-substituted Ci-12 alkyl and N-protecting group;
each R3, R4, R6, R7, R8 R9 R10, R1 1 , R12, R1 3, R15 and R16 is independently selected from the group consisting of: H, OH, halogen, optionally-substituted Ci-i2 alkyl, optionally-substituted C2-12 alkenyl, optionally-substituted C2-12 alkynyl, optionally-substituted C3-12 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted C3-12 cycloalkenyl, optionally-substituted OCi-12 alkyl, optionally-substituted OC2-12 alkenyl, optionally-
substituted 0C2-12 alkynyl, optionally-substituted OC3-i 2 cycloalkyl and optionally- substituted OC3-12 cycloalkenyl;
n is an integer selected from the group consisting of: 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 and 8; m is an integer selected from the group consisting of: 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6; and each p, q, r and s is an integer independently selected from the group consisting of: 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6.
A skilled addressee will recognise that due to the difficulty of preparation of pure samples having precisely one value of p, q, r and n, it is often necessary to use as a reagent mixture which provides molecules with various values of p, q, r and n. In some embodiments the present invention includes mixtures of compounds wherein the value of p may vary within the mixture of compounds. In some embodiments the present invention includes mixtures of compounds wherein the value of q may vary within the mixture of compounds. In some embodiments the present invention includes mixtures of compounds wherein the value of r may vary within the mixture of compounds. In some embodiments the present invention includes mixtures of compounds wherein the value of s may vary within the mixture of compounds.
In some embodiments, A, X1 , X2 and L2 are chosen and combined such that L1 is of Formula (X-a):
Formula (X-a) In some embodiments, A, X1 , X2 and L2 are chosen and combined such that L1 is of Formula (X-b):
Formula (X-c)
In some embodiments, A, X1 , X2 and L2 are chosen and combined such that L1 is of Formula (X-d):
Formula (X-d)
In some embodiments, A, X1 , X2 and L2 are chosen and combined such that L1 is of Formula (X-e):
Formula (X-e)
In some embodiments, A, X1 , X2 and L2 are chosen and combined such that L1 is of Formula (X-f):
Formula (X-f)
In some embodiments, A, X1 , X2 and L2 are chosen and combined such that L1 is of Formula (X-g):
Formula (X-g)
In some embodiments, A, X1 , X2 and L2 are chosen and combined such that L1 is of Formula (X-h):
Formula (X-h)
In some embodiments, A, X1 , X2 and L2 are chosen and combined such that L1 is of Formula (X-i):
Formula (X-i) In some embodiments, A, X1 , X2 and L2 are chosen and combined such that L1 is of Formula (X-k):
Formula (X-k)
In some embodiments, A, X1 , X2 and L2 are chosen and combined such that L1 is of Formula (X-l):
Formula (X-l) In some embodiments, A, X1 , X2 and L2 are chosen and combined such that L1 is of Formula (X-m):
Formula (X-m)
In some embodiments, A, X1 , X2 and L2 are chosen and combined such that L1 is of Formula (X-n):
Formula (X-n)
In some embodiments n is 0.
In some embodiments Ra and Rb are independently selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen, OH, halogen, optionally-substituted
alkyl, and optionally-substituted OCi-12 alkyl. In some embodiments Ra and Rb are independently selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen, OH,
alkyl, and OC-i-12 alkyl. In some embodiments Ra and Rb are hydrogen.
In some embodiments A is a bond. In some embodiments A is (CR3R4)m. In some embodiments m is 1 , in some embodiments m is 2, in some embodiments m is 3, in some embodiments m is 4, in some embodiments m is 5, in some embodiments m is 6. In some embodiments R3 and R4 are each H.
In some embodiments A is CH2. This provides compounds of Formula (ll-b):
Formula (ll-b)
wherein X1, X2, X3, X4, X5, R1 , Ra, Rb, R2 R8 R9 R10, R11, R12, R13, n, p, q, r and s are as discussed above.
In some embodiments A is CH2 and X1 is O. This provides a compound of Formula (ll-c):
Formula (ll-c) wherein X2, X3, X4 X5 R1 , Ra, Rb R2 R8, R9 R10, R11 , R12, R13, n, p, q, r and s are as discussed above.
In some embodiments A is CH2 and X1 is O and X2 is O. This provides a compound of Formula (ll-d):
Formula (ll-d) wherein X3, X4 X5, R1, Ra, Rb R2 R8, R9, R10, R11 , R12, R13, n, p, q, r and s are as discussed above. In some embodiments X3 is O or NH. In some embodiments X1, X2 and X3 are selected to form a carbonate group such as -O(C=O)O-. In some embodiments X1 , X2 and X3 are selected to form a carbamate group such as -NH(C=O)O- or -O(C=O)NH-. In some embodiments X1, X2 and X3 are selected to form an amide link such as -(C=O)NH- or -NH(C=O)-.
In some embodiments A is CH2 and X1 is 0 and X2 is 0 and X3 is NH such that L2 has the Formula (lll-b): NH(CR8R9)p [X4(CR10R11)q]r (CR12R 3)S X5
Formula (lll-b) wherein a compound of Formula (ll-e) is provided:
Formula (ll-e): wherein X4, X5, R1, Ra, Rb R2 R8, R9 R10 R11, R12, R13, n, p, q, r and s are as discussed above.
In some embodiments R8, R9, R12, and R13 are H. In some embodiments R10 and R11 are H.
In some embodiments p is an integer independently selected group the group consisting of: 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6. In some embodiments p is 0, in some embodiments p is 1 , in some embodiments p is 2, in some embodiments p is 3, in some embodiments p is 4, in some embodiments p is 5, in some embodiments p is 6.
In some embodiments q is an integer independently selected group the group consisting of: 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6. In some embodiments q is 0, in some embodiments q is 1 , in some embodiments q is 2, in some embodiments q is 3, in some embodiments q is 4, in some embodiments q is 5, in some embodiments q is 6.
In some embodiments r is an integer independently selected group the group consisting of: 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6. In some embodiments r is 0, in some embodiments r is 1 , in some embodiments r is 2, in some embodiments r is 3, in some embodiments r is 4, in some embodiments r is 5, in some embodiments r is 6.
In some embodiments s is an integer independently selected group the group consisting of: 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6. In some embodiments s is 0, in some embodiments s is 1 , in some embodiments s is 2, in some embodiments s is 3, in some embodiments s is 4, in some embodiments s is 5, in some embodiments s is 6.
In some embodiments X4 is O. In some embodiments X4 is NH.
In some embodiments A is CH2, X1 is O, X2 is 0, and R8, R9, R10 and R11 are each H, X3 is NH, p = 2, X4 is 0, q = 2, r = 2 and s = 0 such that L2 has the Formula (lll-c):
Formula (lll-c)
wherein X5, R1, Ra, Rb, R2 and n are as discussed above. In some embodiments A is CH2, X1 is 0, X2 is 0, and R8, R9, R10 and R11 are each H, X3 is NH, p = 2, X4 is 0, q = 2, r = 3 and s = 0 such that L2 has the Formula (lll-d):
Formula (lll-d) wherein the compound of Formula (ll-g) is provided:
Formula (ll-g) wherein X5, R1, Ra, Rb R2 and n are as discussed above.
In some embodiments A is CH2, X1 is 0, X2 is 0, and R8 R9 R10 R11 , R12 and R13 are each H, X3 is NH, p = 3, X4 is 0, q = 2, r = 3, s = 1 such that L2 has the Formula (III- e):
Formula (lll-e) wherein the compound of Formula (ll-h) is provided:
Formula (ll-h) wherein X5, R1, Ra, Rb, R2 and n are as discussed above.
In some embodiments A is CH2, X1 is 0, X2 is 0, and R8, R9, R10 and R11 are each H, X3 is NH, p = 3, X4 is 0, q = 2, r = 2, s = 0 such that L2 has the Formula (lll-i):
Formula (lll-i) wherein the compound of Formula (ll-j) is provided:
Formula (ll-j) wherein X5, R1, Ra, Rb, R2 and n are as discussed above.
In some embodiments X5 is 0. In some embodiments X5 is NH, In some embodiments X5 is optionally-substituted Ci--i2 alkyl. In some embodiments X5 is HN- (optionally-substituted Ci--i2 alkyl)-. In some embodiments X5 is R14N-(optionally- substituted Ci-12 alkyl)-. In some embodiments X5 is 0-(optionally-substituted Ci-12 alkyl)-. In some embodiments X5 is HN(CO)-(optionally-substituted C5-i2 aryl). In some embodiments X5 is HN(CO)-(optionally-substituted C2-12 heteroaryl)-.
In some embodiments each R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, OH, C1-6 alkyl and OC1-6 Alkyl.
In some embodiments R2 is an amine (-NH2). In some embodiments R2 is an aminooxy (-ONH2). In some embodiments R2 is a hydrazine (-NHNH2). In some embodiments R2 is a hydrazide (-(CO)NHNH2). In some embodiments R2 is a semicarbazide (-NH(CO)NHNH2). In some embodiments R2 is a carbohydrazide (-NHNH(CO)NHNH2). In some embodiments R2 is an optionally-substituted C3-i2 cycloalkenyl. In some embodiments R2 is an optionally-substituted C3-i2 cycloalkenyl, wherein the optionally-substituted C3-i2 cycloalkenyl is substituted with 1 or 2 =0
In some embodiments the compound is of the Formula (IV):
Formula (IV)
wherein
each Ra and Rb is independently selected from the group consisting of: H, OH, halogen, optionally-substituted
alkyl, optionally-substituted C2-12 alkenyl, optionally-substituted C2-12 alkynyl, optionally-substituted C3-i2 cycloalkyl, optionally- substituted C3-12 cycloalkenyl, optionally-substituted OCi-12 alkyl, optionally- substituted OC2-12 alkenyl, optionally-substituted OC2-12 alkynyl, optionally-substituted OC3-12 cycloalkyl and optionally-substituted OC3-12 cycloalkenyl;
each R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of: H, halogen,
OH, NO2, CN, SH, NH2, CF3, OCHF2, OCF3, optionally-substituted C1.12 alkyl, optionally-substituted
haloalkyl, optionally-substituted 02-12 alkenyl, optionally- substituted C2-12 alkynyl, optionally-substituted 02-12 heteroalkyl, optionally-substituted C3-12 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted C3-i2 cycloalkenyl, optionally-substituted C2-12 heterocycloalkyl, optionally-substituted 02-12 heterocycloalkenyl, optionally-substituted Ce-18 aryl, optionally-substituted C-M S heteroaryl, optionally-substituted Ci-12 alkyloxy, optionally-substituted 02-12 alkenyloxy, optionally-substituted 02-12 alkynyloxy, optionally-substituted C2-12 heteroalkyloxy, optionally-substituted C3-i2 cycloalkyloxy, optionally-substituted C3-12 cycloalkenyloxy, optionally-substituted 02-12 heterocycloalkyloxy, optionally-substituted 02-12 heterocycloalkenyloxy, optionally- substituted Ce-18 aryloxy, optionally-substituted CM S heteroaryloxy, optionally- substituted C1-12 alkylamino, SRC, SO3H, SO2NRcRd, SO2R, SONRcRd, SORc, COOH, COORc, CORc, CONRcRd, NRcCORd, NRcCOORd, NRcSO2Rd, NRcCONRdRe and NRcRd; or any two R1 on adjacent carbon atoms form a fused substituent;
L1 is as defined above;
n is an integer selected from the group consisting of: 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 and 8; and
each RC, RD and RE is independently selected from the group consisting of: H, OH, halogen, optionally-substituted Ci-i2 alkyl, optionally-substituted C2-12 heteroalkyl, optionally-substituted C3-12 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted OC6-18 aryl, and optionally-substituted OCM S heteroaryl.
R2A is selected from the group consisting of: OH, optionally-substituted OCi-12 alkyl, optionally-substituted OC2-i2 alkenyl, optionally-substituted OC2-i2 alkynyl, optionally-substituted OC3-12 cycloalkyl and optionally-substituted OC3-12 cycloalkenyl.
In some embodiments, L1 is of the Formula (II):
Formula (II)
wherein
A is bonded to the cyclopropane group of Formula (I) and A is selected from the group consisting of: a bond and (CR3R4)m;
X1 , is selected from the group consisting of: a bond, O, NH, NR5, S and CR6R7;
X2 is selected from the group consisting of: O and S;
L2 is bonded to the squarate group and is of the Formula (III): X3(CR8R9)p [X4(CR10R1 1)q]r (CR12R13)S X5
Formula (III) to provide a compound of Formula (IV-a):
Formula (IV-a) wherein X3, X4, X5, R1, Ra, Rb R2a, R8 R9, R10 R11, R12 R13, n, p, q, r and s are as discussed above.
In some embodiments the compounds of the present invention include:
It is understood that included in the family of compounds of Formula (I) and Formula (II) are isomeric forms including diastereoisomers, enantiomers, tautomers, and geometrical isomers. It is also understood that some isomeric forms such as diastereomers, enantiomers, and geometrical isomers can be separated by physical and/or chemical methods by those skilled in the art. For those compounds where there is the possibility of geometric isomerism the applicant has drawn the isomer that the compound is thought to exist as although it will be appreciated that the other isomer may be the correct structural assignment.
Some of the compounds of the disclosed embodiments may exist as single stereoisomers, racemates, and/or mixtures of enantiomers and/or diastereomers. All such single stereoisomers, racemates and mixtures thereof, are intended to be within the scope of the subject matter described and claimed.
Additionally, the Formulae illustrated herein are intended to cover, where applicable, solvated as well as unsolvated forms of the compounds. Thus, each formula includes compounds having the indicated structure, including the hydrated as well as the non- hydrated forms.
In other embodiments of the invention, the compound may find a multiple number of applications in which the compound can be used to link nanoparticles to biological molecules. For example, in one embodiment a quantum dot (QD) is linked to a biological molecule, wherein a functionalised QD and a functionalised biological molecule are linked to each end of the previously described compound. The compounds of the present invention possess a cyclooctyne functional group at one end and another functional group at the other end, which is capable of reacting with an amine, aldehyde or ketone group. Examples of functional groups that are capable of reacting with an aldehyde or ketone groups may include amine, aminooxy, hydrazide, semicarbazide and carbohydrazide functional groups. Examples of functional groups that are capable of reacting with an amine may include a squarate. These functional groups provide means to link the functionalised QD and the functionalised biological molecule by reacting the functional groups of the compound with the functionalised QD and/or functionalised biological molecule.
In some embodiments the invention relates to a process of linking a quantum dot (QD) to a biological molecule, the process comprising the step: i) reacting an end of the compound as previously described, with either a functionalised QD or a functionalised biological molecule, linking either the functionalised QD or the functionalised biological molecule to a first end of the compound; and step ii) reacting the remaining end group from the product of step i), with either one of the functionalised QD or the functionalised biological molecule which was not used in step i) to provide a QD linked to a biological molecule.
In some embodiments step i) comprises reacting the end of the compound which contains the alkyne group, with a functionalised QD, linking the QD to a first end of the compound; and step ii) comprises reacting the end of the product from step i) which does not contain an alkyne group with a functionalised biological molecule, linking the biological molecule to a second end.
In some embodiments step i) comprises reacting the end of the compound which does not contain the alkyne functional group, with a functionalised biological molecule, linking the biological molecule to a first end of the compound; and step ii) comprises reacting the end of the product from step i) which contains the alkyne group with a functionalised QD, linking the QD to a second end.
In some embodiments the functionalised QD is an azide-functionalised QD. In some embodiments the functionalised biological molecule is an amine-, aldehyde- or ketone-functionalised biological molecule.
In one embodiment a QD can be linked to the biological molecule by reacting a functionalised QD with one end of the compound. This results in a QD which is linked to the compound at one end. The product can be reacted with a functionalised biological molecule, linking the biological molecule to the opposite end of the compound.
In another embodiment the QD can be linked to the biological molecule by reacting a functionalised biological molecule with one end of the compound. This results in a biological molecule which is linked to the compound at one end. The product can be reacted with a functionalised QD, linking the QD to the opposite end of the compound.
For example, the cyclooctyne moiety can react with an either an azide-functionalised QD or an azide-functionalised biological molecule. Typically the cyclooctyne moiety will react with the azide-functionalised QD or azide-functionalised biological molecule via a [3+2] cycloaddition reaction. The amine, aminooxy, hydrazide, semicarbazide or carbohydrazide moiety of the compound can react with an aldehyde- or ketone- functionalised QD or an aldehyde- or ketone-functionalised biological molecule.
Similarly, a squarate moiety of the compound can react with an amine-functionalised QD or an amine-functionalised biological molecule. The compound, therefore, acts as a tether, covalently linking the QD to the biological molecule. In some embodiments the cyclooctyne moiety reacts with an azide-functionalised QD and in some embodiments the squarate, amine, aminooxy, hydrazide, semicarbazide or carbohydrazide moiety reacts with an amine-, aldehyde- or ketone-functionalised biological molecule.
An example is illustrated below in Scheme 1. The embodiment shown in Scheme 1 the cyclooctyne moiety reacts with an azide-functionalised QD and the aminooxy moiety reacts with an aldehyde-functionalised biological molecule. As will be appreciated the same approach could also be carried out using a ketone rather than an aldehyde.
Scheme 1
Another example is illustrated below in Scheme 2. The embodiment shown in Scheme 2 the cyclooctyne moiety reacts with an azide-functionalised QD and the hydrazine moiety reacts with an aldehyde-functionalised biological molecule. As will be appreciated the same approach could also be carried out using a ketone rather than an aldehyde. Also, as shown in the results in Figure 18, the same result can be achieved using the hydrazone-protected version of the hydrazine group, for example the linker of example 8.
Strain -promoted
Scheme 2
Another example is illustrated below in Scheme 3. The embodiment shown in Scheme 3 the cyclooctyne moiety reacts with an azide-functionalised QD and the squarate moiety reacts with an amine-functionalised biological molecule.
Scheme 3
Another example is illustrated below in Scheme 4. The embodiment shown in Scheme 4 the cyclooctyne moiety reacts with an azide-functionalised QD and the hydrazine moiety reacts with an aldehyde-functionalised biological molecule. As will be appreciated the same approach could also be carried out using a ketone rather than an aldehyde.
Scheme 4
Another example is illustrated below in Scheme 5. The embodiment shown in Scheme 5 the cyclooctyne moiety reacts with an azide-functionalised biological molecule and the squarate moiety reacts with an amino-functionalised quantum dot.
linkage
QDs
Scheme 5 Process for providing compounds of Formula (V)
The compounds of Formula (V) as used in the process of the present invention may be synthesized using a number of synthetic routes.
In one embodiment the invention provides a process for the preparation of a compound of Formula (V). The process comprises coupling the compound of Formula (VI):
Formula (VI) wherein
LG is a leaving group, R1 and n are as defined above, in a coupling reaction with a compound of Formula (Vll-a):
X3a(CR8R9)p [X4(CR1 0R1 1)q]r (CR12R1 3)S X5a
Formula (Vll-a)
wherein
X3a is selected from the group consisting of: OH, NH2 and NHR14;
X4 is independently selected from the group consisting of: a bond, O, NH, NR14, S and CR15R16;
X5a is selected from the group consisting of: OH, NH2, NHR14, OR18 CO2R19; each R8 R9, R10, R11 , R12, R13, R15 and R16 is independently selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen, OH, halogen, optionally-substituted Ci--i2 alkyl, optionally-substituted C2-i2 alkenyl, optionally-substituted C2-i2 alkynyl, optionally- substituted C3-i2 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted C3-i2 cycloalkenyl, optionally- substituted OCi-i2 alkyl, optionally-substituted OC2-i2 alkenyl, optionally-substituted OC2-i2 alkynyl, optionally-substituted OC3-i2 cycloalkyl and optionally-substituted Ο03- i2 cycloalkenyl;
R14 is independently selected from the group consisting of: optionally- substituted C1-12 alkyl and N-protecting group;
R18 is selected from the group consisting of: optionally-substituted C1-12 alkyl, optionally-substituted C2-i2 alkenyl, optionally-substituted C2-i2 alkynyl, optionally- substituted C3-i2 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted C3-i2 cycloalkenyl and O-protecting group;
R19 is selected from the group consisting of: H, optionally-substituted C^ .^2 alkyl, optionally-substituted 02-12 alkenyl, optionally-substituted 02-12 alkynyl, optionally-substituted C3-12 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted C3-12 cycloalkenyl and COOH-protecting group; and
each p, q, r and s is an integer independently selected from the group consisting of: 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6;
to provide a compound of Formula (VIII):
Formula (VIII)
The compound of Formula (VI) is typically reacted, in the presence of a base, with the compound of Formula (Vll-a).
The solvent is chosen so as not to be reactive with the base. Examples of suitable bases include chlorinated solvents, alcohols and dipolar aprotic solvents. Specific examples of suitable solvents include dichloromethane (CH2CI2), chloroform (CCI3), ethanol, methanol, DMSO and DMF. In general a base is used. In some instances the amine of Formula (Vll-a) may also be used as a base. Examples of suitable bases include amine bases, alkali earth metal carbonates, alkali earth metal acetates and alkali earth metal hydroxides. Specific examples of suitable bases include sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, caesium carbonate, sodium hydrogen carbonate, potassium hydrogen carbonate, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium acetate, potassium acetate, triethylamine, diisopropylamine, diisopropylethylamine, pyridine and piperidine. In some instances the base may also act as a solvent.
The amount of base chosen will depend on the desired speed of reaction but is chosen to ensure consumption of starting material is achieved. In general therefore
an excess of base on a molar equivalent is used. Typically the amount of base used is from 1 to 5 molar equivalents, more typically 1 to 4 molar equivalents, more typically 1 to 3 molar equivalents, more typically 1 to 2 molar equivalents, more typically 1 to 1 .5 molar equivalents, more typically 1 to 1 .2 molar equivalents
The reaction may be carried out at any suitable temperature although it is typically conducted at room temperature. However the reaction may also be conducted at from 0°C to 150°C, more typically from 15°C to 80°C, more typically from 20°C to 35°C.
The reaction is typically conducted until analysis of the mixture shows consumption of starting material. This typically takes from 5 minutes to 24 hours, more typically from 15 minutes to 8 hours, more typically from 30 minutes to 1 hour. As will be appreciated, however, it is typically quite routine for a skilled addressee to monitor the reaction. Some methods of monitoring a reaction might include TLC, HPLC, mass spectrometry and NMR.
The product of Formula (VIII) can then be reacted with a compound of Formula (IX):
R20 B R2
Formula (IX)
wherein
B is selected from the group consisting of: a bond, an optionally-substituted d. 12 alkyl group, optionally substituted C2-12 alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-12 alkynyl, optionally-substituted 05-12 aryl group and optionally-substituted 02-12 heteroaryl group, optionally substituted 03-12 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted 03-12 cycloalkenyl; each R2 and R20 is selected independently from the group consisting of: OH, CO2R22, optionally-substituted OC1-12 alkyl, optionally-substituted OC2-12 alkenyl, optionally-substituted OC2-12 alkynyl, optionally-substituted OC3-12 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted OC3-12 cycloalkenyl, NHR17, NHNHR17, NHNRaRp, ONHR17, NH(CO)(optionally-substituted Ci_6 alkyl)ONHR17, NH(CO)(optionally-substituted Ci_6 alkyl)NHR17, NH(CO)(optionally-substituted Ci_6 alkyl)NHNHR17, NH(CO)(optionally- substituted Ci-6 alkyl)NHNRaRp, (CO)NH(optionally-substituted Ci-6 alkyl)ONHR17, (CO)NH(optionally-substituted Ci-6 alkyl)NH2, (CO)NH(optionally-substituted Ci-6
alkyl)NHNHR17, (CO)NH(optionally-substituted Ci-6 alkyl)NHNRaRp, (CO)NHNHR17, (CO)NHNRaRp, NH(CO)NHNHR17, NH(CO)NHNRaRp, NHNH(CO)NHNHR17, and NHNH(CO)NHNRaRp;
each Ra and Rp is independently selected from the group consisting of: H, OH, optionally-substituted
alkyl, optionally-substituted C2-12 alkenyl, optionally- substituted C2-12 alkynyl, optionally-substituted C3-12 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted C3-12 cycloalkenyl, optionally-substituted OCi-i2 alkyl, optionally-substituted OC2-i2 alkenyl, optionally-substituted OC2-12 alkynyl, optionally-substituted OC3-12 cycloalkyl and optionally-substituted OC3-12 cycloalkenyl; or Ra and Rp when combined together provide the group of Formula (l-a):
wherein each of Rx and R5 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, optionally-substituted Ci-12 alkyl, optionally-substituted C2-12 alkenyl, optionally- substituted C2-12 alkynyl, optionally-substituted C3-12 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted C3-12 cycloalkenyl;
each R17 and R21 is independently selected from the group consisting of: H, optionally-substituted Ci-12 alkyl and N-protecting group;
R is selected from the group consisting of: H, halogen, optionally-substituted C-i-12 alkyl, optionally-substituted C2-12 alkenyl, optionally-substituted C2-12 alkynyl, optionally-substituted C3-12 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted C2-12 heterocycloalkyl, optionally-substituted C3-12 cycloalkenyl, optionally-substituted C2-12 heterocycloalkenyl, optionally-substituted Ce-18 aryl, optionally-substituted Ce-18 alkylaryl, optionally-substituted
heteroaryl, optionally-substituted Ci-i8 alkylheteroaryl to provide a compound of Formula (V):
Formula (V)
wherein
each R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of: H, halogen, OH, NO2, CN, SH, NH2, CF3, OCHF2, OCF3, optionally-substituted C1-12 alkyl, optionally-substituted Ci--i2 haloalkyl, optionally-substituted C2-i2 alkenyl, optionally- substituted C2-12 alkynyl, optionally-substituted C2-12 heteroalkyl, optionally-substituted C3-i2 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted C3-i2 cycloalkenyl, optionally-substituted C2-i2 heterocycloalkyl, optionally-substituted C2-i2 heterocycloalkenyl, optionally-substituted Ce-18 aryl, optionally-substituted C-MS heteroaryl, optionally-substituted C1-12 alkyloxy, optionally-substituted C2-i2 alkenyloxy, optionally-substituted C2-i2 alkynyloxy, optionally-substituted C2-i2 heteroalkyloxy, optionally-substituted C3-i2 cycloalkyloxy, optionally-substituted C3-i2 cycloalkenyloxy, optionally-substituted C2-i2 heterocycloalkyloxy, optionally-substituted C2-i2 heterocycloalkenyloxy, optionally- substituted C6-18 aryloxy, optionally-substituted Ci-i8 heteroaryloxy, optionally- substituted C1-12 alkylamino, SRC, SO3H, SO2NRcRd, SO2R, SONRcRd, SORc, COOH, COORc, CORc, CONRcRd, NRcCORd, NRcCOORd, NRcSO2Rd, NRcCONRdRe and NRcRd or any two R1 on adjacent carbon atoms form a fused substituent;
Rc, Rd and Re are each independently-selected from the group consisting of: H, OH, halogen, optionally-substituted Ci_i2 alkyl, optionally-substituted C2-i2 heteroalkyl, optionally-substituted C3-i2 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted OCe-18 aryl, and optionally-substituted OCM S heteroaryl;
the stereochemistry of the cyclopropane-fused cyclooctyne may be either endo or exo;
L is of the Formula (III):
— X3(CR8R9)p [X4(CR10R1 1)q]r (CR12R13)S—
Formula (III)
selected from the group consisting of: NH, O and NR14;
X4 is independently selected from the group consisting of: a bond, O, NH, NR14, S and CR15R16;
X5 is selected from the group consisting of: O, NH, NR14, optionally-substituted C-i-12 alkyl, HN-(optionally-substituted C-i-12 alkyl)-, R14N-(optionally-substituted C-i-12 alkyl)- O-(optionally-substituted Ci-i2 alkyl)-, optionally-substituted C5-i2 aryl, HN- (optionally-substituted Cs-12 aryl)-, R14N-(optionally-substituted Cs-12 aryl)-, O- (optionally-substituted Cs-12 aryl)-, HN(CO)-(optionally-substituted Cs-12 aryl)-, R14N(CO)-(optionally-substituted C5-12 aryl)-, O(CO)-(optionally-substituted C5-12 aryl)-, (CO)NH-(optionally-substituted C5-12 aryl)-, (CO)R14N-(optionally-substituted C5-12 aryl)-, (CO)O-(optionally-substituted Cs-12 aryl)-, optionally-substituted C2-12 heteroaryl, HN-(optionally-substituted C2-12 heteroaryl)-, R14N-(optionally-substituted C2-12 heteroaryl)-, O-(optionally-substituted C2-12 heteroaryl)-, optionally-substituted C2-12 heteroaryl, HN(CO)-(optionally-substituted C2-12 heteroaryl)-, R14N(CO)-(optionally- substituted C2-12 heteroaryl)-, O(CO)-(optionally-substituted C2-12 heteroaryl)-, (CO)HN-(optionally-substituted C2-12 heteroaryl)-, (CO)R14N-(optionally-substituted C2- 12 heteroaryl)- and (CO)O-(optionally-substituted C2-12 heteroaryl)-;
R2 is selected from the group consisting of: optionally substituted C1-12 alkyl, optionally substituted C2-12 alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-12 alkynyl, optionally substituted 03-12 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted 03-12 cycloalkenyl, NHR17, ONHR17, NHNHR17, NHNRaRp, NH(CO)(optionally-substituted Ci_6 alkyl)ONHR17, NH(CO)(optionally-substituted Ci_6 alkyl)NHR17, NH(CO)(optionally-substituted Ci_6 alkyl)NHNHR17, NH(CO)(optionally-substituted Ci-6 alkyl)NHNRaRp, (CO)NH(optionally-substituted Ci-6 alkyl)ONHR17, (CO)NH(optionally-substituted Ci-6 alkyl)NH2, (CO)NH(optionally-substituted Ci-6 alkyl)NHNHR17, (CO)NH(optionally- substituted Ci-6 alkyl)NHNRaRp, (CO)NHNHR17, (CO)NHNRaRp, NH(CO)NHNHR17, NH(CO)NHNRaRp, NHNH(CO)NHNHR17 and NHNH(CO)NHNRaRp;
each Ra and Rp is independently selected from the group consisting of: H, OH, optionally-substituted C-i-12 alkyl, optionally-substituted 02-12 alkenyl, optionally- substituted C2-12 alkynyl, optionally-substituted C3-i2 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted C3-12 cycloalkenyl, optionally-substituted OCi-12 alkyl, optionally-substituted OC2-12 alkenyl, optionally-substituted OC2-12 alkynyl, optionally-substituted OC3-12 cycloalkyl and optionally-substituted OC3-12 cycloalkenyl; or Ra and Rp when combined together provide the group of Formula (l-a):
Formula (l-a)
wherein each of Rx and R5 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, optionally-substituted
alkyl, optionally-substituted 02-12 alkenyl, optionally- substituted C2-12 alkynyl, optionally-substituted C3-i2 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted C3-12 cycloalkenyl; each R8, R9, R10, R11 , R12, R13, R15 and R16 is independently selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen, OH, halogen, optionally-substituted C-i-12 alkyl, optionally-substituted 02-12 alkenyl, optionally-substituted 02-12 alkynyl, optionally-substituted C3-i2 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted C3-i2 cycloalkenyl, optionally-substituted OCi-12 alkyl, optionally-substituted OC2-12 alkenyl, optionally- substituted OC2-12 alkynyl, optionally-substituted OC3-i2 cycloalkyl and optionally- substituted OC3-i2 cycloalkenyl;
each R14 and R17 is independently selected from the group consisting of: H, optionally-substituted
alkyl and N-protecting group;
n is an integer selected from the group consisting of: 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 and 8; and
each p, q, r and s is an integer independently selected from the group consisting of: 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6. The compound of Formula (VIII) is reacted with a compound of Formula (IX) in the presence of a base. The solvent is chosen so as not to be reactive with the base. Examples of suitable bases include chlorinated solvents, alcohols and dipolar aprotic solvents. Specific examples of suitable solvents include dichloromethane (CH2CI2), chloroform (CCI3), ethanol, methanol, DMSO and DMF.
In general a base is used. Examples of suitable bases include amine bases, alkali earth metal carbonates, alkali earth metal acetates and alkali earth metal hydroxides. Specific examples of suitable bases include sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, caesium carbonate, sodium hydrogen carbonate, potassium hydrogen carbonate, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium acetate, potassium acetate, triethylamine, diisopropylamine, diisopropylethylamine, pyridine and piperidine. In some instances the base may also act as a solvent.
The amount of base chosen will depend on the desired speed of reaction but is chosen to ensure consumption of starting material is achieved. In general therefore an excess of base on a molar equivalent is used. Typically the amount of base used is from 1 to 5 molar equivalents, more typically 1 to 4 molar equivalents, more typically 1 to 3 molar equivalents, more typically 1 to 2 molar equivalents, more typically 1 to 1 .5 molar equivalents, more typically 1 to 1 .2 molar equivalents
The reaction may be carried out at any suitable temperature although it is typically conducted at room temperature. However the reaction may also be conducted at from 0°C to 150°C, more typically from 15°C to 80°C, more typically from 20°C to 35°C.
The reaction is typically conducted until analysis of the mixture shows consumption of starting material. This typically takes from 5 minutes to 24 hours, more typically from 15 minutes to 8 hours, more typically from 30 minutes to 1 hour. As will be appreciated, however, it is typically quite routine for a skilled addressee to monitor the reaction. Some methods of monitoring a reaction might include TLC, HPLC, mass spectrometry and NMR. In some embodiments of the invention the compound of Formula (IX) is of Formula
Formula (IX-a)
wherein
R17 is selected from the group consisting of: optionally-substituted Ci-i2 alkyl and N-protecting group.
Formula (IX-b)
wherein
Formula (IX-c)
wherein
R17 is selected from the group consisting of: optionally-substituted Ci-i2 alkyl and N-protecting group.
In some embodiments of the invention the compound of Formula (IX) is of Formi. (IX-d):
Formula (IX-d)
wherein
R2a is selected from the group consisting of: OH, optionally-substituted OCi-12 alkyl, optionally-substituted OC2-i2 alkenyl, optionally-substituted OC2-i 2 alkynyl, optionally-substituted OC3-12 cycloalkyl and optionally-substituted OC3-12 cycloalkenyl.
In some embodiments of the invention the compound is of Formula (IX-d), wherein R2a is OMe. In some embodiments of the invention the compound is of Formula (IX- d), wherein R2a is OMEt.
In some embodiments of the invention the compound of Formula (IX) is of Formula (IX-e):
Formula (IX-e)
In some embodiments the compound produced in step b) is further N-deprotected or N-dealkylated.
In some embodiments the compound of Formula (IX) is hydrazine (NH2NH2).
In one embodiment of the invention the compound of Formula (Vll-a) is 4,7,10-trioxa- 1 , 13-tridecanediamine of Formula (Vll-c):
H?N '
Formula (Vll-c)
In one embodiment of the invention the compound of Formula (Vll-a) is the compound of Formula (Vll-d):
Formula (Vll-d)
In one embodiment of the invention the compound of Formula (Vll-a) is the compound of Formula (Vll-e):
Formula (Vll-e)
In some embodiments the compound of Formula (VI) is selected from:
wherein LG is a leaving group, selected independently from the group consisting of:
In some embodiments the compound of Formula (VI) is selected from:
The above compounds can be obtained by reacting either:
The solvent is chosen so as not to be reactive with the base. Examples of suitable bases include chlorinated solvents, alcohols and dipolar aprotic solvents. Specific
examples of suitable solvents include dichloromethane (CH2CI2), chloroform (CCI3), ethanol, methanol, DMSO and DMF.
The reaction of 4-nitrophenyl chloroformate can be conducted in the presence of a base. Examples of suitable bases include amine bases, alkali earth metal carbonates, alkali earth metal acetates and alkali earth metal hydroxides. Specific examples of suitable bases include sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, caesium carbonate, sodium hydrogen carbonate, potassium hydrogen carbonate, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium acetate, potassium acetate, triethylamine, diisopropylamine, diisopropylethylamine, pyridine and piperidine. In some instances the base may also act as a solvent.
The amount of base chosen will depend on the desired speed of reaction but is chosen to ensure consumption of starting material is achieved. In general therefore an excess of base on a molar equivalent is used. Typically the amount of base used is from 1 to 5 molar equivalents, more typically 1 to 4 molar equivalents, more typically 1 to 3 molar equivalents, more typically 1 to 2 molar equivalents, more typically 1 to 1 .5 molar equivalents, more typically 1 to 1 .2 molar equivalents The reaction may be carried out at any suitable temperature although it is typically conducted at room temperature. However, the reaction may also be conducted at from 0°C to 150°C, more typically from 15°C to 80°C, more typically from 20°C to 35°C. The reaction is typically conducted until analysis of the mixture shows consumption of starting material. This typically takes from 5 minutes to 24 hours, more typically from 15 minutes to 8 hours, more typically from 30 minutes to 1 hour. As will be appreciated, however, it is typically quite routine for a skilled addressee to monitor the reaction. Some methods of monitoring a reaction might include TLC, HPLC, mass spectrometry and NMR.
Syntheses of linker compound
A process for the preparation of a compound of the present invention, endo-5, may include the process illustrated in Scheme 6:
endo-5
Scheme 6 Synthesis of the compounds, exo-1 and endo-1 are known in the literature. As such the exo-1 and endo-1 compounds can be synthesised as described by Dommerholt J. et al. (see Scheme 7 which depicts synthesis of the exo-isomer). Alternative methodologies to provide either exo-1 or endo-1 can also be employed.
Another process for the preparation of a compound of the present invention, endo-7, ma include the process illustrated in Scheme 8:
Scheme 8
Yet another process for the preparation of a compound of the present invention, endo-9, may include the process illustrated in Scheme 9:
Scheme 9
Another process for providing compounds of Formula (V)
In another embodiment the invention provides another process for the preparation of a compound of Formula (V). The process comprises coupling a compound of Formula (Vll-b):
X3a(CR8R9)p [X4(CR1 0R1 1 )q]r (CR12R1 3)S X5 R2
Formula (Vll-b)
wherein
X3a is selected from the group consisting of: OH, NH2 and NHR14;
X4 is selected from the group consisting of: a bond, O, NH, NR14, S, CR15R16;
X5 is selected from the group consisting of: a bond, O, NH, NR14, S, CR15R16, optionally-substituted
alkyl, HN-(optionally-substituted Ci-12 alkyl)-, R14N- (optionally-substituted Ci-i2 alkyl)-, O-(optionally-substituted Ci-i2 alkyl)-, optionally- substituted C5-12 aryl, HN-(optionally-substituted Cs-12 aryl)-, R14N-(optionally-
substituted C5-i2 aryl)-, O-(optionally-substituted C5-i2 aryl)-, HN(CO)-(optionally- substituted C5-12 aryl)- R14N(CO)-(optionally-substituted C5-12 aryl)- O(CO)- (optionally-substituted Cs-12 aryl)-, (CO)NH-(optionally-substituted Cs-12 aryl)-, (CO)R14N-(optionally-substituted C5-12 aryl)- (CO)O-(optionally-substituted C5-12 aryl)-, optionally-substituted C2-12 heteroaryl, HN-(optionally-substituted C2-12 heteroaryl)-, R14N-(optionally-substituted C2-12 heteroaryl)-, O-(optionally-substituted C2-12 heteroaryl)-, optionally-substituted C2-12 heteroaryl, HN(CO)-(optionally-substituted C2- 12 heteroaryl)-, R14N(CO)-(optionally-substituted C2-12 heteroaryl)-, O(CO)-(optionally- substituted C2-i2 heteroaryl)-, (CO)HN-(optionally-substituted C2-i2 heteroaryl)-, (CO)R14N-(optionally-substituted C2-12 heteroaryl)- and (CO)O-(optionally-substituted C2-12 heteroaryl)-;
R2 is selected from the group consisting of: optionally substituted C1-12 alkyl, optionally substituted C2-i2 alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-i2 alkynyl, optionally substituted 03-12 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted 03-12 cycloalkenyl, NHR17, ONHR17, NHNHR17, NHNRaRp, NH(CO)(optionally-substituted Ci-6 alkyl)ONHR17, NH(CO)(optionally-substituted Ci-6 alkyl)NHR17, NH(CO)(optionally-substituted Ci-6 alkyl)NHNHR17, NH(CO)(optionally-substituted Ci-6 alkyl)NHNRaRp, (CO)NH(optionally-substituted Ci-6 alkyl)ONHR17, (CO)NH(optionally-substituted Ci-6 alkyl)NH2, (CO)NH(optionally-substituted Ci-6 alkyl)NHNHR17, (CO)NH(optionally- substituted Ci-6 alkyl)NHNRaRp, (CO)NHNHR17, (CO)NHNRaRp, NH(CO)NHNHR17, NH(CO)NHNRaRp, NHNH(CO)NHNHR17 and NHNH(CO)NHNRaRp;
each Ra and Rp is independently selected from the group consisting of: H, OH, optionally-substituted C1- 2 alkyl, optionally-substituted C2-i2 alkenyl, optionally- substituted C2-i2 alkynyl, optionally-substituted C3-i2 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted C3-i2 cycloalkenyl, optionally-substituted OCi_i2 alkyl, optionally-substituted OC2-i2 alkenyl, optionally-substituted OC2-i2 alkynyl, optionally-substituted OC3-i2 cycloalkyl and optionally-substituted OC3-i2 cycloalkenyl; or Ra and Rp when combined together provide the group of Formula (l-a):
wherein each of Rx and R5 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, optionally-substituted
alkyl, optionally-substituted C2-12 alkenyl, optionally- substituted C2-12 alkynyl, optionally-substituted C3-i2 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted C3-12 cycloalkenyl;
each R8 R9, R10, R11 , R12, R13, R15 and R16 is independently selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen, OH, halogen, optionally-substituted Ci-12 alkyl, optionally-substituted C2-12 alkenyl, optionally-substituted C2-12 alkynyl, optionally- substituted C3-i2 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted C3-i2 cycloalkenyl, optionally- substituted OCi-i2 alkyl, optionally-substituted OC2-i2 alkenyl, optionally-substituted OC2-i2 alkynyl, optionally-substituted OC3-i2 cycloalkyl and optionally-substituted OC3- 2 cycloalkenyl;
each R14 and R17 is independently selected from the group consisting of: H, optionally-substituted Ci-i2 alkyl and N-protecting group; and
each p, q, r and s is an integer independently selected from the group consisting of: 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6, and in a coupling reaction with a compound of Formula of Formula (VI):
Formula (VI)
wherein
R1 and n are as defined above and LG is a leaving group;; to provide the compound of Formula V):
Formula (V)
wherein
R1 is selected from the group consisting of: H, halogen, OH, NO2, CN, SH, NH2, CF3, OCHF2, OCF3, optionally-substituted C1-12 alkyl, optionally-substituted Ci-12 haloalkyl, optionally-substituted 02-12 alkenyl, optionally-substituted 02-12 alkynyl, optionally-substituted 02-12 heteroalkyl, optionally-substituted 03-12 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted C3-i2 cycloalkenyl, optionally-substituted C2-12 heterocycloalkyl, optionally-substituted 02-12 heterocycloalkenyl, optionally-substituted Ce-18 aryl, optionally-substituted CM S heteroaryl, optionally-substituted Ci-12 alkyloxy, optionally- substituted C2-12 alkenyloxy, optionally-substituted 02-12 alkynyloxy, optionally- substituted C2-12 heteroalkyloxy, optionally-substituted C3-i2 cycloalkyloxy, optionally- substituted 03-12 cycloalkenyloxy, optionally-substituted 02-12 heterocycloalkyloxy, optionally-substituted C2-12 heterocycloalkenyloxy, optionally-substituted Ce-18 aryloxy, optionally-substituted C1-18 heteroaryloxy, optionally-substituted C1-12 alkylamino, SRC, SO3H, SO2NRcRd, SO2R, SONRcRd, SORc, COOH, COORc, CORc, CONRcRd, NRcCORd, NRcCOORd, NRcSO2Rd, NRcCONRdRe and NRcRd or any two R1 on adjacent carbon atoms form a fused substituent ;
Rc, Rd and Re are each independently-selected from the group consisting of: H, OH, halogen, optionally-substituted C1-12 alkyl, optionally-substituted C2-12 heteroalkyl, optionally-substituted C3-12 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted OCe-18 aryl, and optionally-substituted OC1-18 heteroaryl;
L is of the Formula (III): X3(CR8R9)p [X4(CR10R1 1 )q]r (CR12R13)s X5
Formula (III)
X3 is selected from the group consisting of: O, NH and NR14;
X4 is selected from the group consisting of: a bond, O, NH, NR14, S and
C R15R16.
X5 is selected from the group consisting of: a bond, O, NH, NR14, S, CR15R16, optionally-substituted C1-12 alkyl, HN-(optionally-substituted C1-12 alkyl)-, R14N- (optionally-substituted C1-12 alkyl)-, O-(optionally-substituted C1-12 alkyl)-, optionally- substituted C5-12 aryl, HN-(optionally-substituted C5-12 aryl)-, R14N-(optionally- substituted C5-12 aryl)-, O-(optionally-substituted C5-12 aryl)-, HN(CO)-(optionally- substituted C5-12 aryl)-, R14N(CO)-(optionally-substituted C5-12 aryl)-, O(CO)- (optionally-substituted C5-12 aryl)-, (CO)NH-(optionally-substituted C5-12 aryl)-,
(CO)R14N-(optionally-substituted C5-12 aryl)- (CO)O-(optionally-substituted C5-12 aryl)-, optionally-substituted C2-12 heteroaryl, HN-(optionally-substituted C2-12 heteroaryl)-, R14N-(optionally-substituted C2-12 heteroaryl)-, O-(optionally-substituted C2-12 heteroaryl)-, optionally-substituted C2-12 heteroaryl, HN(CO)-(optionally-substituted C2- 2 heteroaryl)-, R14N(CO)-(optionally-substituted C2-12 heteroaryl)-, O(CO)-(optionally- substituted C2-12 heteroaryl)-, (CO)HN-(optionally-substituted C2-12 heteroaryl)-, (CO)R14N-(optionally-substituted C2-12 heteroaryl)- and (CO)O-(optionally-substituted C2-12 heteroaryl)-;
selected from the group consisting of: optionally substituted Ci optionally substituted C2-12 alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-12 alkynyl, optionally substituted 03-12 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted 03-12 cycloalkenyl, NHR17, ONHR17, NHNHR17, NHNRaRp, NH(CO)(optionally-substituted Ci-6 alkyl)ONHR17, NH(CO)(optionally-substituted Ci-6 alkyl)NHR17, NH(CO)(optionally-substituted Ci-6 alkyl)NHNHR17, NH(CO)(optionally-substituted Ci-6 alkyl)NHNRaRp, (CO)NH(optionally-substituted Ci-6 alkyl)ONHR17, (CO)NH(optionally-substituted Ci-6 alkyl)NH2, (CO)NH(optionally-substituted Ci-6 alkyl)NHNHR17, (CO)NH(optionally- substituted Ci-6 alkyl)NHNRaRp, (CO)NHNHR17, (CO)NHNRaRp, NH(CO)NHNHR17, NH(CO)NHNRaRp, NHNH(CO)NHNHR17 and NHNH(CO)NHNRaRp;
each Ra and Rp is independently selected from the group consisting of: H, OH, optionally-substituted C-i-i2 alkyl, optionally-substituted 02-12 alkenyl, optionally- substituted C2-12 alkynyl, optionally-substituted C3-i2 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted C3-12 cycloalkenyl, optionally-substituted OCi-12 alkyl, optionally-substituted OC2-12 alkenyl, optionally-substituted OC2-12 alkynyl, optionally-substituted OC3-12 cycloalkyl and optionally-substituted OC3-12 cycloalkenyl; or Ra and Rp when combined together provide the group of Formula (l-a):
Formula (l-a)
wherein each of Rx and R5 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, optionally-substituted C-i-i2 alkyl, optionally-substituted 02-12 alkenyl, optionally- substituted C2-12 alkynyl, optionally-substituted C3-i2 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted C3-12 cycloalkenyl;
each R3, R4, R6, R7, R8 R9 R10, R11 , R12, R13, R15 and R16 is independently selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen, OH, halogen, optionally-substituted C-i-12 alkyl, optionally-substituted 02-12 alkenyl, optionally-substituted 02-12 alkynyl, optionally-substituted C3-12 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted C3-12 cycloalkenyl, optionally-substituted OCi-i2 alkyl, optionally-substituted OC2-i 2 alkenyl, optionally- substituted OC2-12 alkynyl, optionally-substituted OC3-12 cycloalkyl and optionally- substituted OC3-12 cycloalkenyl;
each R14 and R17 is independently selected from the group consisting of: H, optionally-substituted Ci-i 2 alkyl and N-protecting group; and
n is an integer selected from the group consisting of: 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 and 8; each p, q, r and s is an integer independently selected from the group consisting of: 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6.
The compound of Formula (VI) is typically reacted with the compound of Formula (VII- a) or Formula (Vll-b) in the presence of a base. The solvent is chosen so as not to be reactive with the base. Examples of suitable bases include chlorinated solvents, alcohols and dipolar aprotic solvents. Specific examples of suitable solvents include dichloromethane (CH2CI2), chloroform (CCI3), ethanol, methanol, DMSO and DMF. In general a base is used. In some instances the compound of Formula (Vll-a) or Formula (Vll-b) may also be used as a base. Examples of suitable bases include amine bases, alkali earth metal carbonates, alkali earth metal acetates and alkali earth metal hydroxides. Specific examples of suitable bases include sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, caesium carbonate, sodium hydrogen carbonate, potassium hydrogen carbonate, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium acetate, potassium acetate, triethylamine, diisopropylamine, diisopropylethylamine, pyridine and piperidine. In some instances the base may also act as a solvent.
The amount of base chosen will depend on the desired speed of reaction but is chosen to ensure consumption of starting material is achieved. In general therefore an excess of base on a molar equivalent is used. Typically the amount of base used is from 1 to 5 molar equivalents, more typically 1 to 4 molar equivalents, more typically 1 to 3 molar equivalents, more typically 1 to 2 molar equivalents, more typically 1 to 1 .5 molar equivalents, more typically 1 to 1 .2 molar equivalents
The reaction may be carried out at any suitable temperature although it is typically conducted at room temperature. However the reaction may also be conducted at from 0°C to 150°C, more typically from 15°C to 80°C, more typically from 20°C to 35°C.
The reaction is typically conducted until analysis of the mixture shows consumption of starting material. This typically takes from 5 minutes to 24 hours, more typically from 15 minutes to 8 hours, more typically from 30 minutes to 1 hour. As will be appreciated, however, it is typically quite routine for a skilled addressee to monitor the reaction. Some methods of monitoring a reaction might include TLC, HPLC, mass spectrometry and NMR.
The product can then be optionally deprotected or dealkylated to provide the product of Formula (V).
Synthesis of linker compound
A process for the preparation of a compound of the present invention, endo-11 , may include the process illustrated in Scheme 10:
endo-11
Scheme 10
EXAMPLES
The agents of the various embodiments may be prepared using the reaction routes and synthesis schemes as described below, employing the techniques available in the art using starting materials that are readily available. The preparation of particular compounds of the embodiments is described in detail in the following examples, but the artisan will recognize that the chemical reactions described may be readily adapted to prepare a number of other agents of the various embodiments. For example, the synthesis of non-exemplified compounds may be successfully performed by modifications apparent to those skilled in the art, e.g. by appropriately protecting interfering groups, by changing to other suitable reagents known in the art, or by making routine modifications of reaction conditions. A list of suitable protecting groups in organic synthesis can be found in T.W. Greene's Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 3rd Edition, John Wiley & Sons, 1991 . Alternatively, other reactions disclosed herein or known in the art will be recognized as having applicability for preparing other compounds of the various embodiments.
Reagents useful for synthesizing compounds may be obtained or prepared according to techniques known in the art.
The symbols, abbreviations and conventions in the processes, schemes, and examples are consistent with those used in the contemporary scientific literature. Specifically but not meant as limiting, the following abbreviations may be used in the examples and throughout the specification.
• g (grams)
• L (liters)
• Hz (Hertz)
• rt (room temperature)
• HPLC (high performance liquid chromatography)
• min (minutes)
• CH2CI2 (dichloromethane)
• CHCI3 (chloroform)
• d6-DMSO (deuterated dimethylsulfoxide)
• EtOAc (ethyl acetate)
• mg (milligrams)
• ml_ (milliliters)
• mmol (millimol)
• μΙ_ (microliters)
• nm (nanometers)
• MHz (megahertz)
• h (hours)
• MeOH (methanol)
• CDCI3 (deuterated chloroform)
• DMF (N,N-dimethylformamide)
• DMSO (dimethylsulfoxide)
• MgS04 (magnesium sulfate)
• NaOH (sodium hydroxide)
• l2 (iodine)
• NH4CI (ammonium chloride)
• Et3N (triethylamine)
• t-Boc (tert-butoxycarbnyl)
• Fmoc (9-fluorenylmethyloxycarbonyl)
• Cbz (Benzyloxycarbonyl)
• Alloc (allyloxycarbonyl)
Unless otherwise indicated, all temperatures are expressed in °C (degree centigrade). All reactions conducted at room temperature unless otherwise mentioned.
All the solvents and reagents used are commercially available and purchased from Sigma Aldrich, Fluka, Acros, Spectrochem, Alfa Aesar, Avra, Qualigens, Merck, Rankem and Leonid Chemicals.
1 H NMR and 13C NMR spectra were recorded on a Varian Unity 400 or 500 spectrometer (1H at 500 MHz and 13C at 126 MHz; or 1H at 400 MHz and 13C at 100 MHz). All NMR spectra were recorded at room temperature. The reported chemical shifts in parts per million (ppm, δ units) are referenced relative to residual solvent protons. Coupling constants are in units of hertz (Hz). Splitting patterns describe apparent multiplicities and are designated as s (singlet), d (doublet), t (triplet), q (quartet), m (multiplet), or br (broad).
Mass spectra were recorded using the electrospray technique (positive and negative ion) with a Micromass QUATTRO II triple-quadropole electrospray mass spectrometer. HPLC was performed with an HP 1 100 ChemStation system using a Supelco Discovery Cis column (150 nm x 4.6 mm, 5 pm). The HPLC solvents were 0.1 % trifluoroacetic acid in water (solvent A) and 0.1 % trifluoroacetic acid in acetonitrile (solvent B). The gradient was 0-100% solvent B in 0-25 min, the flow rate was 1 .00 mL/min, and the detection was at 280 nm.
UV-vis spectra were recorded in water with a Shimadzu UV-1650PC UV-vis spectrophotometer using the UVPC c3.9 software program.
Rabbit polyclonal antibodies to human EEA1 were purchased from Cell Signalling Technology (USA). Mouse monoclonal anti-human CD63 was from Santa Cruz Biotechnology (USA). Alexa Fluor 568-conjugated human transferrin, goat anti-rabbit IgG Alexa Fluor 568 and goat anti-mouse IgG Alexa Fluor 647 were purchased from Life Technologies (USA).
Synthesis of linker compound
The process for the preparation of (1 fl,8S,9r)-bicyclo[6.1 .0]non-4-yn-9-ylmethyl- 4,7, 10-trioxa-13-(2-ethoxy-3,4-dioxocyclobut-1 -enylamino) decylcarbamate (exo-15) is illustrated in Scheme 1 1
exo-15
Scheme 11
Synthesis of the compounds, exo-12 and endo-12 are known in the literature. As such the exo-12 and endo-12 compounds can be synthesised as described by Dommerholt J. et al. (see Scheme 12 which depicts synthesis of the exo-isomer). Alternative methodologies to provide either exo-12 or endo-12 can also be employed.
Example 1 :
(1 ff,8S,9ff)-Bicyclo[6.1.0]non- - n-9-ylmethyl (4-nitrophenyl) carbonate (exo-13)
exo-13
To a solution of exo-12 (400 mg, 2.66 mmol) in CH2CI2 (20 mL) was added pyridine (540 μΐ, 6.70 mmol) and 4-nitrophenyl chloroformate (590 mg, 2.93 mmol). After stirring at rt for 30 min the reaction mixture was quenched with saturated NH4CI solution and extracted with CH2CI2 (3 x 20 mL). The combined organic layers were dried with MgS04 and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was purified by column chromatography (hexanes: EtOAC, 4: 1 ) to afford exo-13 as a colourless oil, that solidified overnight (746 mg, 2.66 mmol, 89%). Rf 0.8 (hexanes: EtOAC, 2: 1 ); 1H NMR (500 MHz; CDCI3) δ 8.28 (2 H, d, J 9.2), 7.39 (2 H, d, J 9.2), 4.22 (2 H, d, J 6.9), 2.47-2.44 (2 H, m), 2.34-2.28 (2 H, m), 2.21 -2.17 (2 H, m), 1 .44-1 .40 (2 H, m), 0.88- 0.82 (3 H, m). Example 2:
exo-14
To a solution of exo-13 (400 mg, 1 .27 mmol) in DMF (20 mL) was added 4,7, 10- trioxa-1 , 13-tridecanediamine (1.67 mL, 7.61 mmol) followed by Et3N (531 μΐ, 3.81 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 1 h. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure, the residue was dissolved in CH2CI2 (40 mL) and extracted with 1 N NaOH (2 x 10 mL), followed by water. The combined aqueous layers were extracted with EtOAc (3 x 10 mL) and washed with brine. The combined organic layers were dried over MgS04 and concentrated in vacuo to give a yellow oil. Purification by column chromatography (hexanes: EtOAC, 5: 1 - MeOH + 1 % Et3N, visualised with l2) yielded exo-14 as a slightly yellow oil (0.435 mg, 1 .10 mmol, 86%). 1 H NMR (500 MHz; CDCI3) δ 5.39 (1 H, brs), 3.96 (2 H, d, J 6.6), 3.65-3.63 (4 H, m), 3.61 -3.54 (8 H, m), 3.28 (2 H, d, J 6.0), 2.81 (2 H, t, J 6.6), 2.41 -2.38 (2 H, m), 2.31 - 2.25 (2 H, m), 2.17-2.12 (2 H, m), 1.79-1.74 (4 H, m), 1 .40-1 .33 (2 H, m), 0.72-0.66 (3 H, m).
Example 3:
(1 /?,8S,9/?)-Bicyclo[6.1.0]non-4-yn-9-ylmethyl (4,7,10-trioxa-13-(2-ethoxy-3,4- dioxocyclobut-1-enylamino)tridecyl)carbamate (exo-15)
To a solution of exo-14 (0.47 g, 1.19 mmol) in ethanol (20 mL) was added diisopropylethylamine (103 μί, 0.59 mmol) followed by 3,4-diethoxy-3-cyclobuten-1 ,2- dione (263 μί, 1 .78 mmol) and the resulting yellow solution was stirred at rt for 30 min. The reaction mixture was evaporated and the residue purified by column chromatography (CH2CI2 - CH2Cl2:MeOH 9: 1 ) to yield exo-15 as a light yellow oil (0.58 g, 1 .1 1 mmol, 93%). 1H NMR (500 MHz; d6-DMSO) δ 5.03-7.01 (1 H, brs), 4.65
(2 H, t, J 5.8), 3.84 (2 H, d, J 6.5), 3.54-3.34 (16 H, m), 3.01 (2 H, q, J 6.4), 2.31 -2.28 (2 H, m), 2.24-2.19 (2 H, m), 2.08-2.05 (2 H, m), 1 .74 (2 H, q, J 6.4), 1 .61 (2 H, t, J 6.4), 1 .36 (3 H, t, J 7.1 ), 1 .34-1 .27 (1 H, m), 0.67-0.69 (2 H, m); 13C NMR (125 MHz; de-DMSO) δ 189.2, 182.1 , 176.5, 172.6, 156.3, 98.8, 69.7, 69.5, 69.5, 68.7, 67.9, 67.6, 67.4, 67.3, 54.9, 41 .2, 41 .0, 37.5, 32.8, 30.5, 30.0, 29.7, 23.4, 22.8, 20.8, 15.6; HRMS (ESI+) m/z (M+H)+ 521 .2973 (521 .2857 calculated for C27H4i N208).
Synthesis of linker compound
The process for the preparation of (1 fl,8S,9S)-bicyclo[6.1 .0]non-4-yn-9-ylmethyl (4,7, 10-trioxa-13-(2-ethoxy-3,4-dioxocyclobut-1 -enylamino)tridecyl)carbamate (endo- 15) is illustrated in Scheme 13.
Example 4:
endo-13
To a solution of endo-12 (170 mg, 1 .13 mmol) in CH2CI2 (10 mL) was added pyridine (228 μΐ, 2.83 mmol) and 4-nitrophenyl chloroformate (251 mg, 1.24 mmol). After stirring at rt for 30 min the reaction mixture was quenched with saturated NH4CI solution and extracted with CH2CI2 (3 x 20 mL). The combined organic layers were dried with MgS04 and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was purified by column chromatography (hexanes: EtOAC, 4: 1 ) to afford endo-13 as a colourless oil, that solidified overnight (310 mg, 0.98 mmol, 87%). Rf O.75 (hexanes: EtOAC, 2: 1 ); 1H NMR (500 MHz; CDCI3) δ 8.28 (2 H, d, J 9.2), 7.41 (2 H, d, J 9.2), 4.41 (2 H, d, J 8.3), 2.34-2.23 (6 H, m), 1.65-1.57 (2 H, m), 1 .55-1.49 (2 H, m), 1 .09-1 .04 (2 H, m).
Example 5:
(1 ff,8S,9S)-Bicyclo[6.1.0]non-4-yn-9-ylmethyl 4,7,10-trioxa-13-4.7.10-trioxa-13- aminotridecylcarbamate (endo-14)
To a solution of endo-13 (150 mg, 0.48 mmol) in DMF (10 mL) was added 4,7, 10- trioxa-1 , 13-tridecanediamine (0.625 mL, 2.85 mmol) followed by Et3N (200 μΐ, 1 .43 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 1 h. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure, the residue was dissolved in CH2CI2 (20 mL) and extracted with 1 N NaOH (2 x 10 mL), followed by water. The combined aqueous layers were extracted with EtOAc (3 x 10 mL) and washed with brine. The combined organic layers were dried over MgSO4 and concentrated in vacuo to give a yellow oil. Purification by column chromatography (hexanes: EtOAC, 5: 1 - MeOH + 1 % Et3N, visualised with l2) yielded endo-14 as a slightly yellow oil (0.172 mg, 0.43 mmol, 90%). 1 H NMR (500 MHz; CDCI3) 1H NMR (500 MHz; CDCI3) δ 5.39 (1 H, brs), 4.13 (2 H, d, J 8.2), 3.64-3.59 (12 H, m), 3.28 (2 H, d, J 5.9), 2.88 (2 H, t, J 6.3), 2.36-2.19
(6 H, m), 1 .80-1.75 (4 H, m), 1.62-1 .56 (2 H, m), 1 .37-1 .33 (1 H, m), 0.95-0.91 (2 H, m).
Example 6:
(1 ff,8S,9S)-Bicyclo[6.1.0]non-4-yn-9-ylmethyl (4,7,10-trioxa-13-(2-ethoxy-3,4- dioxocyclobut-1 -enylamino)tridecyl)carbamate (endo-15)
To a solution of endo-14 (60 mg, 0.151 mmol) in ethanol (2 ml_) was added diisopropylethylamine (13 μΙ_, 0.076 mmol) followed by 3,4-diethoxy-3-cyclobuten-1 ,2- dione (34μΙ_, 0.227 mmol) and the resulting yellow solution was stirred at rt for 30 min. The reaction mixture was evaporated and the residue purified by column chromatography (CH2CI2 - CH2Cl2:MeOH 9:1 ) to yield endo-15 as a light yellow oil (63 mg, 0.12 mmol, 80%).1 H NMR (500 MHz; CDCI3) 1 H NMR (500 MHz; CDCI3) δ 5.19-5.14 (1 H, m), 4.77-4.72 (2 H, m), 4.13 (2 H, d, J 7.8), 3.64-3.61 (12 H, m), 3.54 (2 H, t, J 5.9), 3.27 (2 H, d, J 6.2), 2.69-2.68 (1 H, brs), 2.31 -2.18 (6 H, m), 1 .89-1 .85 (2 H, m), 1.85-1.74 (2 H, m), 1 .61 -1 .54 (2 H, m), 1 .45 (3 H, t, J 6.9), 1.35-1 .32 (1 H, m), 0.95-0.91 (2 H, m); 13C NMR (125 MHz; CDCI3) δ 188.8, 183.2, 176.8, 172.6, 156.8, 98.8, 70.5, 70.4, 70.3, 70.2, 69.6, 69.4, 62.5, 43.5, 39.0, 29.6, 29.5, 29.0, 21 .4, 20.1 , 17.8, 15.8.; HRMS (ESI+) m/z (M+H)+ 521 .3204 (521 .2857 calculated for
Synthesis of linker compound
The process for the preparation of (1 fl,8S,9fl)-bicyclo[6.1 .0]non-4-yn-9-ylmethyl-2-(2- (2-(6-(2-(propan-2-ylidene)hydrazinyl)nicatinamido)ethoxy)ethoxy)ethylcarbamate (exo-15) is illustrated in Scheme 14.
exo-19
Scheme 14
Example 7:
6-Hydrazinonicotinic Acid Acetone Hydrazone 16 was synthesised following published procedures and activated as the NHS-ester 17 (Bioconjugate Chem, 20, 10, 2009, 1950).
Example 8:
(1 R,8S,9r)-bicyclo[6.1.0]non-4-yn-9-ylmethyl-2-(2-(2-(6-(2-(propan-2- ylidene)hydrazinyl) nicotinamido) ethoxy)ethoxy) ethylcarbamate (exo-19)
To a solution of 17 (25.6 mg, 88.16 μίτιοΐ) in anhydrous DMF (2 mL) was added 18 Synaffix SX-A1004 (26 mg, 80.14μηποΙ) followed by triethylamine (1 1 μΙ_, 0.080 mmol) and the resulting light yellow solution was stirred at rt overnight. The DMF was removed in vacuo and the residue purified by column chromatography (CH2CI2 - CH2CI2:MeOH 9: 1 + triethylamine) to yield exo-19 as a light yellow solid (38 mg, 0.076 mmol, 94%). 1 H NMR (500 MHz; CDCI3) δ 8.52 (1 H, s), 8.00 (1 H, d, J 7.9), 7.22 (1 H, d, J 8.6), 6.76 (1 H, s), 5.36 (1 H, brs), 4.1 1 (2 H, d, J 7.8), 3.63-3.61 (8 H, m), 3.58 (2 H, t, J 5.9), 3.27 (2 H, d, J 6.2), 2.69 (1 H, brs), 2.28-2.16 (6 H, m), 2.00 (3H, s), 1 .94
(3H, s), 1 .94-1 .90 (2 H, m), 1 .69-1.65 (2 H, m), 1 .53-1.51 (2 H, m), 1.33-1.23 (2H, m), 1 .1 1 -1 .07 (1 H, m), 0.91 -0.88 (2 H, m); 13C NMR (125 MHz; CDCI3) δ 172.9, 165.7, 158.6, 156.8, 148.0, 146.7, 137.5, 121 .3, 106.6, 98.8, 70.2, 70.1 , 62.7, 40.7, 33.9, 33.8, 28.9, 25.3, 21 .3, 20.0, 17.7, 16.1 ; HRMS (EST) m/z (M+H)+ 500.2868 (500.2828 calculated for C26H37N5O5).
Example 9:
Quantum Dot Synthesis and Characterisation
CdSe/ZnS core/shell quantum dots were synthesized using high-temperature reaction of organometallic precursors according to previously reported methods (J Van Embden, P Mulvaney, Langmuir 2005, 21 , 10226). The quality of the nanocrystals was assessed by optical analysis: absorption spectra were recorded on a Cary 5 UV- Vis-NIR spectrophotometer. Steady-state photoluminescence spectra were measured on a Horiba Jobin Yvon Fluorolog-3 spectrofluorometer, with slit widths of 1 nm and integration times of 0.1 -0.5 s. The Gaussian full-width-at-half maximum (FWHM) was found to range between 25 and 33 nm, depending on the emission peak position of the QDs.
QD Polymer Encapsulation
Water-soluble QDs were generated following the polymer encapsulation technique described in Lees et al (E lees, T Nguyen, A Clayton, P Mulvaney, ACS Nano 2009, 3, 1 121 ) Briefly, 25-50 nmol of freshly synthesized QDs in ODE were placed in trioctyl phosphine/trioctyl phosphine oxide (TOP/TOPO 20 times excess with respect to the total number of surface atoms) overnight at 60°C to assure uniform coating. The TOP/TOPO-coated QDs were then washed free of excess ligand using a mixture of chloroform and methanol and precipitated with acetone. After re-dispersion in 1 ml of chloroform, polystyrene-co-maleic anhydride polymer (PSMA, Mn 1600, 200 mM in CHCI3) was added to give a 100 times molar excess of PSMA. The reaction mixture was then stirred at rt for 3 h to allow the formation of the PSMA shell. After that, a 5- fold molar excess of Jeffamine M1000 or amino-PEG-azide (H2N-PEG-N3) (200 mM in CHCI3) was added and the sample was left to stir at room temperature overnight. QDs functionalized with different amounts of azide groups on their surface were obtained by varying the ratio of Jeffamine M1000 and H2N-PEG-N3 used. For example, QD10 were obtained using 10% H2N-PEG-N3 mixed with 90% M1000 (v/v).
Following surface modification, water (2-3 ml_) containing ethanolamine (20 μΙ_) was added to ring-open remaining maleic anhydride groups. The CHCI3 was removed using a rotary evaporator. Additional CHCI3 (2-3 ml_) was added to the resulting water solution of QDs to extract any hydrophobic ligands. The sample was then centrifuged for 5 min at 6000 rpm and the QD water solution was separated and passed through a 0.22 μηι filter. The filtrate was concentrated using a 50 kDa MWCO Vivaspin filter unit (Sartorius Stedim Biotech). Quantum Yield Measurements
The quantum yield (QY) for the QDs was measured relative to the dye Rhodamine 6G (QY 95% in EtOH) with excitation at 400 nm. Fluorescence spectra of QDs and dye were measured under identical conditions and care was taken that the optical density of each sample did not exceed 0.1 at the excitation wavelength. The QY of QDs in chloroform was typically approximately 40% whereas for the samples in water after polymer encapsulation the QY was measured to be 16-26%.
Example 10
Reaction of a sample Linker with Transferrin
The reaction between the linker (L) of example 3 and iron-loaded transferrin (Fe2Tf) was performed in 0.5 M borate buffer at pH 9. Stock solutions of linker in DMSO (4 mM) and Fe2Tf in MilliQ deionized water (0.6 mM) were prepared and both were added to the borate buffer at a final concentration of 0.2-0.8 mM, depending on the ratio of linker to Fe2Tf required. The resulting mixture was allowed to react for 6 h at RT and analyzed by ESI-TOF mass spectroscopy (Agilent 6220 Accurate-Mass TOF LC/MS fitted with a C4 desalting column). The experiment was conducted using a ratio of linker to transferrin of 2: 1 and 4:1 . The result for a 2: 1 ratio is provided in figure 3. The result with a 4: 1 ratio is provided in figure 4. As can be readily seen from these figures demonstrate that it is possible to conjugate multiple linkers to a molecule with sufficient surface amine groups.
Example 11
Reaction of the Octyne moiety of Transferrin bound linker with an Azide
To demonstrate that the bound moiety could react with azide groups the reactivity of the cyclooctyne functional group was tested by reaction of L-Fe2Tf (produced in example 10) with 2-azido-N-phenylacetamide (MW=176 Da). A mass increase corresponding to addition of one or more molecules of the azide confirmed fast and efficient triazole formation as shown in figures 5, 6 and 7. Figure 5 shows the structure of the desired product of triazole formation. Figure 6 shows the mass spectrum of the solution of various numbers of linkers bound to the transferrin and figure 7 shows the same mixture after reaction. As can be seen the azide formation proceeds smoothly notwithstanding that the cyclooctyne moiety is already bound to the transferrin.
Example 12
Reaction of Azide moiety on azide modified quantum dot with solution phase cyclooctyne group
The reaction between dye (ALEXA594) and linker (L) of example 3 was carried out as described in example 10 at a 2: 1 final concentration of linker (0.8 mM) and dye Alexa Fluor 594 cadaverine (Invitrogen) (0.4 mM). The resulting L-A594 conjugate was reacted with QDs functionalized with different percentages of azide groups (QD0, QD1 , QD10, QD100). The reaction mixture containing the L-A594 conjugate in a 50- fold molar excess was added to QDs in water, except for the sample QD100 for which the excess was 100-fold. The mixture was allowed to react for 6 h at rt. Excess dye was removed by spin filtration (50 kDa MWCO, Vivaspin filter unit) until the filtrate no longer showed a fluorescent signal for the dye (typically 10 washes were required). The structure of the desired product is shown in figure 8. Figure 9 shows the normalised absorbance of the two starting materials. Fluorescence spectra of QDs- linker-dye samples upon excitation at 400 nm show FRET (Forster resonance energy transfer) between QDs and dye with FRET signal increasing with increasing azide loading on the QD (Figure 10). This demonstrates a successful SPAAC reaction between QDs and linker and shows that the number of biomolecules attached to the QDs can be tuned by controlling the percentage of azide groups on the nanoparticle surface. A control reaction of QD0 and L-A594 showed the conjugate is completely removed, confirming the specificity of the SPAAC reaction.
Example 13
Conjugation of Quantum dots with transferrin
Conjugation of QDs with Linker-Transferrin
The L-Fe2Tf conjugate was prepared as outlined in example 10 at a ratio 2:1 linker to protein and final concentration of 0.2 mM of Fe2Tf. The mixture was then added to QDs functionalized with different percentages of azide groups in a 10-fold molar excess and allowed to react for 6 h at RT. Gel Electrophoresis and Size Exclusion Chromatography
Gel electrophoresis was performed using a 0.75% agarose gel in Tris/Borate/EDTA (TBE) buffer 0.5*, pH 9.5, at 100 V. Size exclusion chromatography was performed on an Agilent 1200 Series HPLC apparatus equipped with a BioSep-SEC-s4000 column from Phenomenex. Phosphate buffer (20 mM, pH 7.4) was used as mobile phase, with a flow rate of 1 ml/min and injection volumes ranging from 30 to 100 μΙ_. Detection was at 220, 275 and 400 nm.
The results of gel electrophoresis are shown in figures 1 1 (UV illumination) and 12 (Coomassie Blue staining. As the QD surface is negatively charged, all samples migrate from the negative to the positive pole and their speed is determined by their charge and size. For increasing density of azide groups on the QD surface, the difference in mobility between unconjugated and conjugated samples increases. As Fe2Tf has a pi of 5.2-6.2 and is negatively charged at the basic pH used for gel electrophoresis, the reduced mobility of the QDx-Fe2Tf samples can thus be ascribed to an increase in hydrodynamic volume, which indicates the success of the conjugation between QDs and L-Fe2Tf. As well, only QD10-Fe2Tf and QD100-Fe2Tf are reactive to Coomassie blue, signalling the presence of conjugated protein, whereas for QD0+Fe2Tf, the Coomassie stain appears only at the position of the free protein.
Example 14
The uptake of QD100-Fe2Tf conjugates into HeLa cells
HeLa cells were seeded onto glass coverslips at 0.6 χ 105 cells/ml and grown for 48 hr. Cells were then serum starved for 3 h followed by 10 min incubation on ice to stop
endocytosis. Chilled cells were then incubated with pre-chilled 100 μς/Γη Ι (A) Alexa Fluor 568-conjugated human transferrin (Life Technologies, USA), (C) QDs, or (B) QD100-Fe2Tf (diluted in serum-free DMEM) on ice for 30 min. Unbound transferrin was removed using cold PBS washes and internalisation of bound conjugated transferrin performed for the indicated duration at 37 °C in serum-free DMEM. As a control, cells were also incubated on ice. Following incubation, cells were washed in PBS, fixed with cold 4% (w/v) paraformaldehyde and processed for immunofluorescence. Indirect Immunofluorescence Microscopy
Cells were fixed in 4% (w/v) paraformaldehyde for 15 min and then incubated with 50 mM NH4CI/PBS for 10 min to quench free aldehydes. Cells were washed in PBS, permeabilized in 0.1 % Triton X-100/PBS for 4 min and again washed in PBS. Blocking was achieved by incubating cells in 5% (v/v) FCS/PBS at room temperature for 30 min. Cells were incubated in primary antibodies diluted in 5% (v/v) FCS/PBS for 30 min at room temperature. Excess antibodies were removed by PBS washes. Fluorochrome-conjugated secondary antibodies were added and incubated with cells for 30 min at room temperature followed by further PBS washes. Nuclei of cells were stained with 4,6-diamino-2-phenylindole (DAPI; Sigma-Aldrich, USA) where indicated and cells were washed as before. Cells were mounted in Mowiol (10% (w/v) Hopval 5- 88 (Hoechst, Australia), 25% (w/v) glycerol, 0.1 M Tris). Images of cells were captured using a Leica TCS SP2 laser confocal unit and Leica Confocal Software version 2.61 . For multi-colour labelling, images were collected independently. The results are shown in figure 13 which shows Fe2-transferrin uptake into HeLa cells performed using (A1 -A3) A568-Fe2Tf, (B1 -B3) QD100-Fe2Tf and (C1 -C3) QD100 for the indicated times at 37°C.
The results demonstrate that both A568-Fe2Tf and QD100-Fe2Tf conjugates were internalized into HeLa cells within 15-30 min (Figure 13). Control experiments with unconjugated QD100 demonstrated that the binding was Fe2Tf dependent (Figure 13, C1 -3). Together these results demonstrate that QD100-Fe2Tf binds to TfRs and are internalized by receptor-mediated endocytosis. After incubation at 37°C for 30 min, both the amount of uptake and the intracellular distribution of QD100-Fe2Tf and
A568-Fe2Tf were similar. However, 2 h after treatment cells incubated with A568-Fe2Tf have significantly reduced intracellular fluorescence when compared to at 30 min indicating that the conjugate is trafficked out of the cell by known Fe2Tf cellular efflux pathways (Figure 13, A2 and A3). In contrast, at 2h in cells treated with QD100-Fe2Tf significant punctate staining is still evident demonstrating that the two materials have different efflux times.
Example 15
Localisation of QD100-Fe2Tf conjugates into He La cells
To further investigate the localization of QD100-Fe2Tf after internalization, cells were stained for markers of endocytic compartments. Early endosome antigen 1 (EEA1 ) and CD63 are markers for early endosomes and late endosomes/lysosomes, respectively. After 15 min, QD100-Fe2Tf shows extensive co-localization with EEA1 but minimal co-localization with CD63 (Figure 14a). Conversely, after 2 h, QD100-Fe2Tf shows significant overlap with the lysosomal marker CD63 (Figure 14b). These results demonstrate successful binding of QD100-Fe2Tf to TfRs and internalization into cells, although the presence of QDs appears to perturb the intracellular trafficking pathway of compared to Alexa Fluor-labelled Fe2Tf, resulting in retarded efflux. This last observation is consistent with reports by others using Fe2Tf-QD conjugates with HeLa, HEp-2 and SW480 cells respectively, despite using entirely different conjugation strategies to generate the protein-QD conjugates.
Example 16
Connecting Linker to trastuzumab (Herceptin)
HERCEPTIN (trastuzumab) is a recombinant DNA-derived humanized monoclonal antibody that selectively targets the extracellular domain of the human epidermal growth factor receptor 2 protein (HER2). The antibody is an lgG1 kappa that contains human framework regions with the complementarity-determining regions of a murine anti-p185 HER2 antibody that binds to HER2. Trastuzumab is composed of 1 ,328 amino acids and has a molecular weight of ~148 kDa. Figure 15 shows the MS of Herceptin showing variations in the number of bound hexoses.
To demonstrate the ability of the linker of example 3 to bind to Herceptin two binding studies were carried out using the procedure of example 10 with a ratio of antibody to
linker of 1 : 10 and 1 :20. The results for the 1 : 10 study are shown in figure 16 and the results of the 1 :20 reaction are shown in figure 17. As can be seen both studies indicate reaction of linker with the antibody to form a linker-antibody conjugate. Example 17
Fluorescent Confirmation of Bioconjugation to trastuzumab
General
The conjugation buffer was Na3P04 (100 mM), NaCI (150 mM) at pH6. The catalyst buffer was a solution of aniline (10 mM). Azide Fluor 585 dye was purchased from Jena Bioscience.
Oxidation of Trastuzumab
To Trastuzumab (300 μΙ_ of 1 mg/mL solution in PBS) was added Nal04 (30 μΙ_ of 100 mM stock solution) and the mixture was left at room temperature for 30 min excluded from light. Excess Nal04 was removed via buffer exchange (with Vivaspin 500 μΙ_ 5 kDa spin filter) with the conjugation buffer (see above). The final volume (ca. 345 μΙ_) was divided into three equal portions and is referred to as oxidised trastuzumab (Trastuzumab-ox). Conjugation 1: 4:1 linker to antibody
To trastuzumab-ox (1 15 μΙ_) was added to aniline buffer (10 μΙ_) followed by the linker of example 8 (5.4 μΙ_ of 0.5 mM solution in DMF) and the mixture was incubated at room temperature for 1 hour. To this mixture was added Azide Fluor 585 dye (1 .5 μΙ_ of 3.4 mM solution) and the mixture was left at room temperature overnight. The mixture was purified by spin filtration (Amicon Ultra 10 kDa MWCO) until no more dye was visible in the filtrate. The conjugate was resuspended in buffer and the amount of dye conjugated to the trastuzumab-ox was measured by electronic spectroscopy
The conjugation was repeated with 10:1 and 100:1 ratios of linker to antibody.
10:1 trastuzumab-ox (1 15 μΙ_); aniline buffer (10 μΙ_), the linker of example 8 (2.6 μΙ_ of 5 mM solution in DMF), Azide Fluor 585 dye (8.4 μΙ_ of 3.4 mM solution).
100:1 trastuzumab-ox (1 15 μΙ_); aniline buffer (10 μΙ_), the linker of example 8 (13.6 μΙ_ of 5 mM solution in DMF), 34 mM Azide Fluor 585 dye (3.9 μΙ_ of 34 mM solution). The results are shown in figure 18. As can be seen there is evidence of binding of the fluorescent dye to the Herceptin.
Claims
Claims:
1 . A compound of the Formula (I):
Formula (I)
wherein
each Ra and Rb is independently selected from the group consisting of: H, OH, halogen, optionally-substituted C-i- 2 alkyl, optionally-substituted C2-12 alkenyl, optionally-substituted C2-12 alkynyl, optionally-substituted C3-12 cycloalkyl, optionally- substituted C3-12 cycloalkenyl, optionally-substituted OCM2 alkyl, optionally- substituted OC2-i2 alkenyl, optionally-substituted OC2-i2 alkynyl, optionally-substituted OC3- 2 cycloalkyl and optionally-substituted OC3- 2 cycloalkenyl;
each R is independently selected from the group consisting of: H, halogen, OH, NO2, CN, SH, NH2, CF3, OCHF2, OCF3, optionally-substituted CM2 alkyl, optionally-substituted CM2 haloalkyl, optionally-substituted C2-12 alkenyl, optionally- substituted C2-12 alkynyl, optionally-substituted C2. 2 heteroalkyl, optionally-substituted C3-12 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted C3-12 cycloalkenyl, optionally-substituted C2-12 heterocycloalkyl, optionally-substituted C2-12 heterocycloalkenyl, optionally-substituted C6-18 aryl, optionally-substituted C1-18 heteroaryl, optionally-substituted C1-12 alkyloxy, optionally-substituted C2. 2 alkenyloxy, optionally-substituted C2. 2 alkynyloxy, optionally-substituted C2-12 heteroalkyloxy, optionally-substituted C3-12 cycloalkyloxy, optionally-substituted C3-12 cycloalkenyloxy, optionally-substituted C2-12 heterocycloalkyloxy, optionally-substituted C2-12 heterocycloalkenyloxy, optionally- substituted C6-18 aryloxy, optionally-substituted CMS heteroaryloxy, optionally- substituted Ci-12 alkylamino, SRC, SO3H, SO2NRcRd, SO2R, SONRcRd, SORc, COOH,
COORc, CORc, CONRcR , NRcCOR , NRcCOORd, NRcSO2R , NRcCONR Re and NRcRd, or any two R1 on adjacent carbon atoms form a fused substituent;
L1 is a bond or linking group;
R2 is selected from the group consisting of: optionally substituted C1-12 alkyl, optionally substituted C2-12 alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-12 alkynyl, optionally substituted C3-12 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C3-12 cycloalkenyl, NH2, ONH2, NHNH2, NHNRaRp, NH(CO)(optionally-substituted Ci-6 alkyl)ONH2, NH(CO)(optionally-substituted Ci-6 alkyl)NH2, NH(CO)(optionally-substituted Ci-6 alkyl)NHNH2, NH(CO)(optionally-substituted Ci-6 alkyl)NHNRaRp, (CO)NH(optionally- substituted Ci-6 alkyl)ONH2, (CO)NH(optionally-substituted Ci-6 alkyl)NH2, (CO)NH(optionally-substituted Ci-6 alkyl)NHNH2, (CO)NH(optionally-substituted Ci-6 alkyl)NHNRaRp, (CO)NHNH2, (CO)NHNRaRp, NH(CO)NHNH2, NH(CO)NHNRaRp, NHNH(CO)NHNH2 and NHNH(CO)NHNRaRp;
each Ra and Rp is independently selected from the group consisting of: H, OH, optionally-substituted CM 2 alkyl, optionally-substituted C2-12 alkenyl, optionally- substituted C2-12 alkynyl, optionally-substituted C3-12 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted C3-12 cycloalkenyl, optionally-substituted OCM2 alkyl, optionally-substituted OC2-12 alkenyl, optionally-substituted OC2-12 alkynyl, optionally-substituted OC3-12 cycloalkyl and optionally-substituted OC3-12 cycloalkenyl; or Ra and Rp when combined together provide the group of Formula (l-a):
wherein each of Rx and R5 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, optionally-substituted CM2 alkyl, optionally-substituted C2-12 alkenyl, optionally- substituted C2-12 alkynyl, optionally-substituted C3-12 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted C3-12 cycloalkenyl;
n is an integer selected from the group consisting of: 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 and 8; and
each Rc, R and Re is independently selected from the group consisting of: H, OH, halogen, optionally-substituted CM2 alkyl, optionally-substituted C2-12 heteroalkyl,
optionally-substituted C3- 2 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted OC6-is aryl, and optionally-substituted OCM S heteroaryl.
2. The compound according to claim 1 , wherein L1 is of the Formula (II):
Formula (II)
wherein
A is bonded to the cyclopropane group of Formula (I) and A is selected from the group consisting of: a bond and (CR3R4)m;
X1 , is selected from the group consisting of: a bond, O, NH, NR5, S and CR6R7; X2 is selected from the group consisting of: O and S;
L2 is bonded to the R2 group and is of the Formula (III): X3(C R8 R9)P [X4(C R 0 R )Q]R (C R 2 R 3)S X5
Formula (III)
X3 is selected from the group consisting of: a bond, O, N H , N R14, S and CR15R16;
X4 is selected from the group consisting of: a bond, O, N H , N R14, S and CR15R16;
X5 is selected from the group consisting of: a bond, O, N H , N R14, S, C R15R16, optionally-substituted CM 2 alkyl, H N-(optionally-substituted CM2 alkyl)-, R14N- (optionally-substituted CM 2 alkyl)-, O-(optionally-substituted CM2 alkyl)-, optionally- substituted C5-12 aryl, H N-(optionally-substituted C5. 2 aryl)-, R14N-(optionally- substituted C5-12 aryl)-, O-(optionally-substituted C5-12 aryl)-, H N (CO)-(optionally- substituted C5-12 aryl)-, R14N (CO)-(optionally-substituted C5-12 aryl)-, O(CO)- (optionally-substituted C5-12 aryl)-, (CO)N H-(optionally-substituted C5-12 aryl)-, (CO) R14N-(optionally-substituted C5.12 aryl)-, (CO)O-(optionally-substituted C5.12 aryl)-, optionally-substituted C2-12 heteroaryl, H N-(optionally-substituted C2-12 heteroaryl)-, R14N-(optionally-substituted C2-12 heteroaryl)-, O-(optionally-substituted C2-12 heteroaryl)-, optionally-substituted C2-12 heteroaryl, H N (CO)-(optionally-substituted C2.
12 heteroaryl)-, R14N (CO)-(optionally-substituted C2-i2 heteroaryl)-, O(CO)-(optionally- substituted C2-12 heteroaryl)-, (CO)H N-(optionally-substituted C2-12 heteroaryl)-, (CO) R14N-(optionally-substituted C2-12 heteroaryl)- and (CO)O-(optionally-substituted C2-12 heteroaryl)-;
each R5 and R14 is independently selected from the group consisting of: optionally-substituted CM 2 alkyl and N-protecting group;
each R3, R4, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R1 1 , R12, R13, R15 and R16 is independently selected from the group consisting of: H , OH , halogen, optionally-substituted CM 2 alkyl, optionally-substituted C2-12 alkenyl, optionally-substituted C2-12 alkynyl, optionally-substituted C3-12 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted C3-12 cycloalkenyl, optionally-substituted OCM 2 alkyl, optionally-substituted OC2-12 alkenyl, optionally- substituted OC2-12 alkynyl, optionally-substituted OC3-12 cycloalkyl and optionally- substituted OC3- 2 cycloalkenyl;
n is an integer selected from the group consisting of: 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 and 8; m is an integer selected from the group consisting of: 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6; and each p, q, r and s is an integer independently selected from the group consisting of: 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6.
3. The compound according to claim 2, wherein n = 0.
4. The compound according to claim 2 or 3, wherein RA and RB are hydrogen.
5. The compound according to any one of claims 2 to 4, wherein A is (CR3R4)m. 6. The compound according to claim 5, wherein m = 1 and R3 and R4 are each H .
7. The compound according to any one of claims 2 to 6, wherein and X1 is O or N H . 8. The compound according to claim 7, wherein X1 is O.
9. The compound according to any one of claims 2 to 8 wherein X2 is O.
10. The compound according to any one of claims 2 to 9, wherein X3 is independently selected from O or NH.
1 1 . The compound according to claim 10, wherein X3 is NH.
12. The compound according to any one of claims 2 to 1 1 , wherein R8, R9, R12, and R13 are H.
13. The compound according to any one of claims 2 to 12, wherein p = 2 or 3.
14. The compound according to any one of claims 2 to 13, wherein q = 2 or 3.
15. The compound according to any one of claims 2 to 14, wherein r = 2 or 3. 16. The compound according to any one of claims 2 to 15, wherein s = 0 or 1 .
17. The compound according to any one of claims 2 to 16, wherein X4 is O.
18. The compound according to any one of claims 2 to 17, wherein R10 and R11 are H.
19. The compound according to any one of claims 2 to 4, wherein R8, R9, R10 and R11 are each H, A = CH2, X1 = O, X2 = O, X3 = NH, p = 2, X4 = O, q = 2, r = 2 and s = 0 such that L1 has the Formula (ll-g):
Formula (ll-g)
20. The compound according to any one of claims 2 to 4, wherein R8, R9, R10, R11 , R12 and R13 are each H, A = CH2, X1 = O, X2 = O, X3 = NH, p = 3, X4 = O, q = 2, r = 3 and s = 1 such that L1 has the Formula (ll-h):
Formula (ll-h)
21 . The compound according to any one of claims 2 to 19, wherein X5 is HN- (optionally-substituted C1 -12 alkyl)-.
22. The compound according to any one of claims 2 to 19, wherein X5 is O- (optionally-substituted C-1 -12 alkyl)-. 23. The compound according to any one of claims 2 to 19, wherein X5 is HN(CO)- (optionally-substituted C5-12 aryl)-.
24. The compound according to any one of claims 2 to 19, wherein X5 is HN(CO)- (optionally-substituted C2-12 heteroaryl)-.
The compound according to any one of claims 2 to 4, wherein A, X1, X2 and are selected such that L1 is of the Formula (X-a):
Formula (X-a)
26. The compound according to any one of claims 2 to 4, wherein A, X1, X2 and L2 are selected such that L1 is of the Formula (X-b):
Formula (X-b)
The compound according to any one of claims 2 to 4, wherein A, X1, X2 and are selected such that L1 is of the Formula (X-c):
Formula (X-c)
28. The compound according to any one of claims 2 to 4, wherein A, X1, X2 and L2 are selected such that L1 is of the Formula (X-d):
Formula (X-d)
The compound according to any one of claims 2 to 4, wherein A, X1, X2 and are selected such that L1 is of the Formula (X-e):
Formula (X-e)
The compound according to any one of claims 2 to 4, wherein A, X1, X2 and are selected such that L1 is of the Formula (X-f):
Formula (X-f)
31 . The compound according to any one of claims 2 to 4, wherein A, X1, X2 and L2 are selected such that L1 is of the Formula (X-g):
Formula (X-g)
32. The compound according to any one of claims 2 to 4, wherein A, X1, X2 and L2 are selected such that L1 is of the Formula (X-h):
Formula (X-h)
33. The compound according to any one of claims 2 to 4, wherein A, X1, X2 and L2 are selected such that L1 is of the Formula (X-i):
Formula (X-i)
34. The compound according to any one of claims 2 to 4, wherein A, X1, X2 and L2 are selected such that L1 is of the Formula (X-k):
Formula (X-k)
35. The compound according to any one of claims 2 to 4, wherein A, X1, X2 and L2 are selected such that L1 is of the Formula (X-I):
Formula (X-l)
36. The compound according to any one of claims 2 to 4, wherein A, X1, X2 and L2 are selected such that L1 is of the Formula (X-m):
Formula (X-m)
37. The compound according to any one of claims 2 to 4, wherein A, X1, X2 and L2 are selected such that L1 is of the Formula (X-n):
Formula (X-n)
38. The compound according to any one of claims 2 to 37, wherein R2 is NH2.
39. The compound according to any one of claims 2 to 37, wherein R2 is ONH2.
40. The compound according to any one of claims 2 to 37, wherein R2 is NHNH2. 41 . The compound according to any one of claims 2 to 37, wherein R2 is (CO)NHNH2.
42. The compound according to any one of claims 2 to 37, wherein R2 is NH(CO)NHNH2.
43. The compound according to any one of claims 2 to 37, wherein R2 is NHNH(CO)NHNH2.
44. The compound according to any one of claims 2 to 37, wherein R2 is NH(CO)CH2NH2 or NH(CO)CH2ONH2.
45. The compound according to any one of claims 2 to 37, wherein R2 is NHNR1^1 and wherein Ra and Rp combine together to provide the group of Formula (l-a):
Formula (l-a)
wherein Rx and R5 are each methyl.
46. The compound according to any one of claims 2 to 37, wherein R2 is
The compound according to any one of claims 2 to 37, wherein R2
48. The compound according to any one of claims 2 to 37, wherein the compound is of the Formula (IV):
Formula (IV)
wherein
each Ra and Rb is independently selected from the group consisting of: H, OH, halogen, optionally-substituted CM 2 alkyl, optionally-substituted C2-12 alkenyl, optionally-substituted C2-12 alkynyl, optionally-substituted C3- 2 cycloalkyl, optionally- substituted C3-12 cycloalkenyl, optionally-substituted OCM2 alkyl, optionally- substituted OC2-12 alkenyl, optionally-substituted OC2-12 alkynyl, optionally-substituted OC3-12 cycloalkyl and optionally-substituted OC3-12 cycloalkenyl;
R1 is selected from the group consisting of: H, halogen, OH, NO2, CN, SH,
NH2, CF3, OCH F2, OCF3, optionally-substituted CM2 alkyl, optionally-substituted CM2 haloalkyl, optionally-substituted C2-12 alkenyl, optionally-substituted C2-12 alkynyl, optionally-substituted C2-12 heteroalkyl, optionally-substituted C3-12 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted C3- 2 cycloalkenyl, optionally-substituted C2-12 heterocycloalkyl, optionally-substituted C2-12 heterocycloalkenyl, optionally-substituted C6-is aryl, optionally-substituted CMS heteroaryl, optionally-substituted CM2 alkyloxy, optionally- substituted C2-12 alkenyloxy, optionally-substituted C2-12 alkynyloxy, optionally- substituted C2-12 heteroalkyloxy, optionally-substituted C3- 2 cycloalkyloxy, optionally- substituted C3-12 cycloalkenyloxy, optionally-substituted C2-12 heterocycloalkyloxy, optionally-substituted C2-12 heterocycloalkenyloxy, optionally-substituted C6-is aryloxy, optionally-substituted CMS heteroaryloxy, optionally-substituted CM2 alkylamino, SRC, SO3H, SO2NRcRd, SO2R, SONRcRd, SORc, COOH, COORc, CORc, CONRcRd, NRcCORd, NRcCOORd, NRcSO2Rd, NRcCONRdRe and NRcRd; or any two R1 on adjacent carbon atoms form a fused substituent;
L1 is as defined in claim 2;
n is an integer selected from the group consisting of: 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 and 8; and
each RC, RD and RE is independently selected from the group consisting of: H , OH , halogen, optionally-substituted C-i- 2 alkyl, optionally-substituted C2-12 heteroalkyl, optionally-substituted C3-12 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted OC6-is aryl, and optionally-substituted OCM S heteroaryl.
R2A is selected from the group consisting of: OH , optionally-substituted OC1-12 alkyl, optionally-substituted OC2-12 alkenyl, optionally-substituted OC2-12 alkynyl, optionally-substituted OC3-12 cycloalkyl and optionally-substituted OC3-12 cycloalkenyl.
49. The compound according to claim 1 , wherein the compound is selected from the group consisting of:
50. A process of linking a substrate to a molecule, the process comprising the step:
i) reacting an end group of a compound according to any one of claims 1 to 49, with either a functionalised substrate or a functionalised molecule, linking either the functionalised substrate or the functionalised molecule to a first end of the compound; and
ii) reacting the other end group from the product of step i), with either one of the functionalised substrate or the functionalised molecule which was not used in step i) to provide the substrate linked to the molecule. 51 . The process according to claim 50, wherein
step i) comprises reacting the end of the compound according to any one of claims 1 to 49 which contains the alkyne group, with a functionalised substrate, linking the substrate to a first end of the compound; and
step ii) comprises reacting the end of the product from step i) which does not contain an alkyne group, with a functionalised molecule, linking the molecule to a second end.
52. The process according to claim 50, wherein
step i) comprises reacting the end of the compound according to any one of claims 1 to 49 which does not contain an alkyne group, with a functionalised molecule, linking the molecule to a first end of the compound; and
step ii) comprises reacting the end of the product from step i) which contains the alkyne group with a functionalised substrate, linking the substrate to a second end.
53. The process according to any one of claims 50 to 52, wherein the functionalised substrate is an azide-functionalised substrate.
54. The process according to any one of claims 51 to 53, wherein the functionalised molecule is an aldehyde-functionalised, a ketone-functionalised, or an amine-functionalised molecule.
55. A process according to any one of claims 50 to 54 wherein the substrate is a bead.
56. The process according to any one of claims 50 to 54, wherein the substrate is a particle.
The process according to claim 56, wherein the particle is a nanoparticle.
58. The process according to claim 57, wherein the nanoparticle is a quantum dot.
59. The process according to any one of claims 50 to 58, wherein the molecule is a biological molecule.
60. The process according to claim 59, wherein the biological molecule is a protein. 61 . A process for the preparation of a compound of Formula (V):
Formula (V)
wherein
each R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of: H, halogen,
OH, NO2, CN, SH, NH2, CF3, OCHF2, OCF3, optionally-substituted d-12 alkyl, optionally-substituted CM2 haloalkyl, optionally-substituted C2-12 alkenyl, optionally- substituted C2-12 alkynyl, optionally-substituted C2-12 heteroalkyl, optionally-substituted C3-12 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted C3-12 cycloalkenyl, optionally-substituted C2-12 heterocycloalkyl, optionally-substituted C2. 2 heterocycloalkenyl, optionally-substituted C6-18 aryl, optionally-substituted CMS heteroaryl, optionally-substituted C1 -12 alkyloxy, optionally-substituted C2-12 alkenyloxy, optionally-substituted C2-12 alkynyloxy, optionally-substituted C2-12 heteroalkyloxy, optionally-substituted C3-12 cycloalkyloxy, optionally-substituted C3. 2 cycloalkenyloxy, optionally-substituted C2. 2 heterocycloalkyloxy, optionally-substituted C2-12 heterocycloalkenyloxy, optionally- substituted C6-18 aryloxy, optionally-substituted CMS heteroaryloxy, optionally- substituted Ci-12 alkylamino, SRC, SO3H, SO2NRcRd, SO2R, SONRcRd, SORc, COOH, COORc, CORc, CONRcRd, NRcCORd, NRcCOORd, NRcSO2Rd, NRcCONRdRe and NRcRd; or any two R1 on adjacent carbon atoms form a fused substituent;
Rc, Rd and Re are each independently-selected from the group consisting of: H, OH, halogen, optionally-substituted C1-12 alkyl, optionally-substituted C2-12 heteroalkyl, optionally-substituted C3-12 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted OC6-is aryl, and optionally-substituted OCi-i8 heteroaryl;
L is of the Formula (III): X3(CR8R9)p [X4(CR 0R )q]r (CR 2R 3)S X5
Formula (III)
X3 is selected from the group consisting of: NH, O and NR14;
X4 is independently selected from the group consisting of: a bond, O, NH,
NR14, S and CR15R16;
X5 is selected from the group consisting of: O, NH, NR14, optionally-substituted C-1-12 alkyl, HN-(optionally-substituted CM 2 alkyl)-, R14N-(optionally-substituted CM 2 alkyl)-, O-(optionally-substituted C-1-12 alkyl)-, optionally-substituted C5-12 aryl, HN- (optionally-substituted C5-12 aryl)-, R14N-(optionally-substituted C5-12 aryl)-, O- (optionally-substituted C5-12 aryl)-, HN(CO)-(optionally-substituted C5-12 aryl)-, R14N(CO)-(optionally-substituted C5-i2 aryl)-, O(CO)-(optionally-substituted C5-i2 aryl)-, (CO)NH-(optionally-substituted C5-12 aryl)-, (CO)R14N-(optionally-substituted C5-12 aryl)-, (CO)O-(optionally-substituted C5-12 aryl)-, optionally-substituted C2-12 heteroaryl, HN-(optionally-substituted C2-12 heteroaryl)-, R14N-(optionally-substituted C2-12 heteroaryl)-, O-(optionally-substituted C2-12 heteroaryl)-, optionally-substituted C2-12 heteroaryl, HN(CO)-(optionally-substituted C2-i2 heteroaryl)-, R14N(CO)-(optionally- substituted C2-12 heteroaryl)-, O(CO)-(optionally-substituted C2-12 heteroaryl)-, (CO)HN-(optionally-substituted C2-12 heteroaryl)-, (CO)R14N-(optionally-substituted C2- 12 heteroaryl)- and (CO)O-(optionally-substituted C2-12 heteroaryl)-;
R2 is selected from the group consisting of: optionally substituted C1-12 alkyl, optionally substituted C2-12 alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-12 alkynyl, optionally substituted C3-12 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C3-12 cycloalkenyl, NHR17, ONHR17, NHNHR17, NHNRaRp, NH(CO)(optionally-substituted Ci-6 alkyl)ONHR17, NH(CO)(optionally-substituted Ci-6 alkyl)NHR17, NH(CO)(optionally-substituted Ci-6 alkyl)NHNHR17, NH(CO)(optionally-substituted Ci-6 alkyl)NHNRaRp, (CO)NH(optionally-substituted Ci-6 alkyl)ONHR17, (CO)NH(optionally-substituted Ci-6 alkyl)NH2, (CO)NH(optionally-substituted Ci-6 alkyl)NHNHR17, (CO)NH(optionally-
substituted Ci-6 alkyl)NHNRARP, (CO)NHNHR17, (CO)NHNRARP, NH(CO)NHNHR17, NH(CO)NHNRARP, NHNH(CO)NHNHR17 and NHNH(CO)NHNRARP;
each RA and RP is independently selected from the group consisting of: H, OH, optionally-substituted CM 2 alkyl, optionally-substituted C2-12 alkenyl, optionally- substituted C2-12 alkynyl, optionally-substituted C3- 2 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted C3-12 cycloalkenyl, optionally-substituted OCM2 alkyl, optionally-substituted OC2-12 alkenyl, optionally-substituted OC2-12 alkynyl, optionally-substituted OC3-12 cycloalkyl and optionally-substituted OC3-12 cycloalkenyl; or RA and RP when combined together provide the group of Formula (l-a):
wherein each of RX and R5 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, optionally-substituted CM2 alkyl, optionally-substituted C2-12 alkenyl, optionally- substituted C2-12 alkynyl, optionally-substituted C3-12 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted C3-12 cycloalkenyl;
each R8, R9, R10, R11, R12, R13, R15 and R16 is independently selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen, OH, halogen, optionally-substituted CM2 alkyl, optionally-substituted C2-12 alkenyl, optionally-substituted C2-12 alkynyl, optionally- substituted C3-12 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted C3- 2 cycloalkenyl, optionally- substituted OCM2 alkyl, optionally-substituted OC2-12 alkenyl, optionally-substituted OC2-12 alkynyl, optionally-substituted OC3-12 cycloalkyl and optionally-substituted OC3- 12 cycloalkenyl;
each R14 and R17 is independently selected from the group consisting of: H, optionally-substituted CM2 alkyl and N-protecting group;
n is an integer selected from the group consisting of: 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 and 8; and
each p, q, r and s is an integer independently selected from the group consisting of: 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6, the process comprising:
Formula (VI) wherein
R1 and n are as defined above and LG is a leaving group;
in a coupling reaction with a compound of Formula (Vll-a):
X3A(CR8R9)P [X4(CR10R11)Q]R (CR12R13)S X5A
Formula (Vll-a)
wherein
X3A is selected from the group consisting of: OH, NH2 and NHR14;
X4 is selected from the group consisting of: a bond, O, NH, NR14, S and CR15R16;
X5A is selected from the group consisting of: OH, NH2, NHR14, OR18, CO2R19; each R8, R9, R10, R11, R12, R13, R15 and R16 is independently selected from the group consisting of: H, OH, halogen, optionally-substituted CM2 alkyl, optionally- substituted C2-i2 alkenyl, optionally-substituted C2-i2 alkynyl, optionally-substituted C3- ^2 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted C3-i2 cycloalkenyl, optionally-substituted OCM2 alkyl, optionally-substituted OC2. 2 alkenyl, optionally-substituted OC2. 2 alkynyl, optionally-substituted OC3-i2 cycloalkyl and optionally-substituted OC3-i2 cycloalkenyl;
R14 is selected from the group consisting of: optionally-substituted Ci-i2 alkyl and N-protecting group;
R18 is selected from the group consisting of: optionally-substituted C-i- 2 alkyl, optionally-substituted C2-i2 alkenyl, optionally-substituted C2-i2 alkynyl, optionally- substituted C3-i2 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted C3-i2 cycloalkenyl and O-protecting group;
R19 is selected from the group consisting of: H, optionally-substituted C-i- 2 alkyl, optionally-substituted C2-i2 alkenyl, optionally-substituted C2-i2 alkynyl, optionally-substituted C3-i2 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted C3-i2 cycloalkenyl
optionally-substituted C6-is aryl, optionally-substituted C6-is alkylaryl, optionally- substituted C1-18 heteroaryl, optionally-substituted CMS alkylheteroaryl, optionally- substituted C1-12 alkyloxy, optionally-substituted C2-12 alkenyloxy, optionally- substituted C2-12 alkynyloxy, optionally-substituted C2-12 heteroalkyloxy, optionally- substituted C3- 2 cycloalkyloxy, optionally-substituted C3- 2 cycloalkenyloxy and optionally-substituted C2-12 heterocycloalkyloxy, each p, q, r and s is an integer independently selected from the group consisting of: 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6; to provide a compound of Formula (VIII):
Formula (VIII)
(b) reacting the compound of Formula (VIII) with a compound of Formula (IX):
R20 B R2
Formula (IX)
wherein
B is selected from the group consisting of: a bond, an optionally-substituted Ci- 12 alkyl group, optionally substituted C2-12 alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-12 alkynyl, optionally-substituted C5-12 aryl group and optionally-substituted C2-12 heteroaryl group, optionally substituted C3- 2 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C3- 2 cycloalkenyl; each R2 and R20 is selected independently from the group consisting of: OH, CO2R22, optionally-substituted OC1-12 alkyl, optionally-substituted OC2-12 alkenyl, optionally-substituted OC2-12 alkynyl, optionally-substituted OC3-i2 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted OC3-i2 cycloalkenyl, NHR17, NHNH R17, NHN RaRp, ONHR17, NH(CO)(optionally-substituted d-6 alkyl)ONHR17, NH(CO)(optionally-substituted d-6 alkyl)NHR17, NH(CO)(optionally-substituted Ci-6 alkyl)NHNHR17, NH(CO)(optionally-
substituted Ci-6 alkyl)NHN RARP, (CO)N H(optionally-substituted Ci-6 alkyl)ONH R17, (CO)NH(optionally-substituted d-6 alkyl)NH2, (CO)NH(optionally-substituted d-6 alkyl)NHNH R17, (CO)NH(optionally-substituted Ci-6 alkyl)NH N RARP, (CO)NHNH R17, (CO)NHN RARP, NH (CO)NHNH R1 7, NH(CO)N HN RARP, NHNH(CO)NHN H R17, and NHNH(CO)NHN RARP;
each RA and RP is independently selected from the group consisting of: H, OH, optionally-substituted CM 2 alkyl, optionally-substituted C2-12 alkenyl, optionally- substituted C2-12 alkynyl, optionally-substituted C3- 2 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted C3-12 cycloalkenyl, optionally-substituted OCM2 alkyl, optionally-substituted OC2-12 alkenyl, optionally-substituted OC2-12 alkynyl, optionally-substituted OC3-12 cycloalkyl and optionally-substituted OC3-12 cycloalkenyl; or RA and RP when combined together provide the group of Formula (l-a):
of H, optionally-substituted CM2 alkyl, optionally-substituted C2-12 alkenyl, optionally- substituted C2-12 alkynyl, optionally-substituted C3-12 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted C3-12 cycloalkenyl;
each R17 and R21 is independently selected from the group consisting of: H, optionally-substituted CM2 alkyl and N-protecting group;
R22 is selected from the group consisting of: H, halogen, optionally-substituted CM2 alkyl, optionally-substituted C2-12 alkenyl, optionally-substituted C2-12 alkynyl, optionally-substituted C3-12 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted C2-12 heterocycloalkyl, optionally-substituted C3-12 cycloalkenyl, optionally-substituted C2-12 heterocycloalkenyl, optionally-substituted C6-18 aryl, optionally-substituted C6-18 alkylaryl, optionally-substituted CM8 heteroaryl, optionally-substituted CMS alkylheteroaryl; to provide a compound of Formula (V).
62. The process according to claim 61 , wherein the compound of Formula (IX) is of Formula (IX-a):
O
HO^^ NR17
Formula (IX-a)
wherein
R17 is selected from the group consisting of: optionally-substituted C1 -12 alkyl and N-protecting group.
Formula (IX-b)
wherein
R17 is selected from the group consisting of: optionally-substituted C-1 -12 alkyl and N-protecting group.
Formula (IX-c)
wherein
R17 is selected from the group consisting of: optionally-substituted C1 -12 alkyl and N-protecting group.
Formula (IX-d)
wherein
R is selected from the group consisting of: OH , optionally-substituted OCM 2 alkyl, optionally-substituted OC2-12 alkenyl, optionally-substituted OC2-12 alkynyl, optionally-substituted OC3- 2 cycloalkyl and optionally-substituted OC3- 2 cycloalkenyl.
66. The process according to claim 61 , wherein the compound of Formula (IX) is of Formula (IX-e):
Formula (IX-e)
67. The process according to any one of claims 61 to 66, wherein the compound produced in step b) is further N-deprotected or N-dealkylated.
68. A process for the preparation of a compound of Formula (V):
Formula (V)
wherein
R1 is selected from the group consisting of: H , halogen, OH , NO2, CN , SH , N H2, CF3, OCH F2, OCF3, optionally-substituted CM2 alkyl, optionally-substituted C1 -12 haloalkyl, optionally-substituted C2-12 alkenyl, optionally-substituted C2-12 alkynyl, optionally-substituted C2-12 heteroalkyl, optionally-substituted C3-12 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted C3- 2 cycloalkenyl, optionally-substituted C2-12 heterocycloalkyl,
optionally-substituted C2-12 heterocycloalkenyl, optionally-substituted C6-is aryl, optionally-substituted CM S heteroaryl, optionally-substituted CM 2 alkyloxy, optionally- substituted C2-12 alkenyloxy, optionally-substituted C2-12 alkynyloxy, optionally- substituted C2-12 heteroalkyloxy, optionally-substituted C3-12 cycloalkyloxy, optionally- substituted C3- 2 cycloalkenyloxy, optionally-substituted C2-12 heterocycloalkyloxy, optionally-substituted C2-12 heterocycloalkenyloxy, optionally-substituted C6-18 aryloxy, optionally-substituted CMS heteroaryloxy, optionally-substituted CM2 alkylamino, SRC, SO3H, SO2N RCRD, SO2R, SON RCRD, SO RC, COOH , COORC, CORC, CON RCRD, N RCCORD, N RCCOORD, N RCSO2RD, N RCCON RD RE and N RCRD ; or any two R1 on adjacent carbon atoms form a fused substituent;
RC, RD and RE are each independently-selected from the group consisting of: H , OH , halogen, optionally-substituted CM2 alkyl, optionally-substituted C2-12 heteroalkyl, optionally-substituted C3. 2 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted OC6-is aryl, and optionally-substituted OCM 8 heteroaryl;
L is of the Formula (III): X3(C R8R9)P [X4(C R1 0R1 1 )Q]R (C R1 2R13)s X5
Formula (III)
X3 is selected from the group consisting of: O, N H and N R14;
X4 is selected from the group consisting of: a bond, O, N H , N R14, S and
CR15R16;
X5 is selected from the group consisting of: a bond, O, N H , N R14, S, C R15R16, optionally-substituted CM 2 alkyl, H N-(optionally-substituted CM2 alkyl)-, R14N- (optionally-substituted CM 2 alkyl)-, O-(optionally-substituted CM2 alkyl)-, optionally- substituted C5-12 aryl, H N-(optionally-substituted C5-12 aryl)-, R14N-(optionally- substituted C5-12 aryl)-, O-(optionally-substituted C5-12 aryl)-, H N (CO)-(optionally- substituted C5.12 aryl)-, R14N (CO)-(optionally-substituted C5.12 aryl)-, O(CO)- (optionally-substituted C5-12 aryl)-, (CO)N H-(optionally-substituted C5-12 aryl)-, (CO) R14N-(optionally-substituted C5-12 aryl)-, (CO)O-(optionally-substituted C5-12 aryl)-, optionally-substituted C2-12 heteroaryl, H N-(optionally-substituted C2-12 heteroaryl)-, R14N-(optionally-substituted C2. 2 heteroaryl)-, O-(optionally-substituted C2. 2 heteroaryl)-, optionally-substituted C2-12 heteroaryl, H N (CO)-(optionally-substituted C2. 12 heteroaryl)-, R14N (CO)-(optionally-substituted C2-12 heteroaryl)-, O(CO)-(optionally-
substituted C2-12 heteroaryl)-, (CO)HN-(optionally-substituted C2-12 heteroaryl)-, (CO)R14N-(optionally-substituted C2-12 heteroaryl)- and (CO)O-(optionally-substituted C2-12 heteroaryl)-;
R2 is selected from the group consisting of: optionally substituted C1-12 alkyl, optionally substituted C2-12 alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-12 alkynyl, optionally substituted C3-12 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C3-12 cycloalkenyl, NHR17, ONHR17, NHNHR17, NHNRaRp, NH(CO)(optionally-substituted Ci-6 alkyl)ONHR17, NH(CO)(optionally-substituted Ci-6 alkyl)NHR17, NH(CO)(optionally-substituted Ci-6 alkyl)NHNHR17, NH(CO)(optionally-substituted Ci-6 alkyl)NHNRaRp, (CO)NH(optionally-substituted Ci-6 alkyl)ONHR17, (CO)NH(optionally-substituted Ci-6 alkyl)NH2, (CO)NH(optionally-substituted Ci-6 alkyl)NHNHR17, (CO)NH(optionally- substituted Ci-6 alkyl)NHNRaRp, (CO)NHNHR17, (CO)NHNRaRp, NH(CO)NHNHR17, NH(CO)NHNRaRp, NHNH(CO)NHNHR17 and NHNH(CO)NHNRaRp;
each Ra and Rp is independently selected from the group consisting of: H, OH, optionally-substituted CM 2 alkyl, optionally-substituted C2-12 alkenyl, optionally- substituted C2-12 alkynyl, optionally-substituted C3-12 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted C3-12 cycloalkenyl, optionally-substituted OCM2 alkyl, optionally-substituted OC2-12 alkenyl, optionally-substituted OC2-12 alkynyl, optionally-substituted OC3-12 cycloalkyl and optionally-substituted OC3-12 cycloalkenyl; or Ra and Rp when combined together provide the group of Formula (l-a):
wherein each of Rx and R5 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, optionally-substituted CM2 alkyl, optionally-substituted C2-12 alkenyl, optionally- substituted C2-12 alkynyl, optionally-substituted C3-12 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted C3-12 cycloalkenyl;
each R3, R4, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R11 , R12, R13, R15 and R16 is independently selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen, OH, halogen, optionally-substituted CM2 alkyl, optionally-substituted C2-12 alkenyl, optionally-substituted C2-12 alkynyl, optionally-substituted C3- 2 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted C3- 2 cycloalkenyl, optionally-substituted OCM2 alkyl, optionally-substituted OC2-12 alkenyl, optionally-
substituted OC2-12 alkynyl, optionally-substituted OC3- 2 cycloalkyl and optionally- substituted OC3-12 cycloalkenyl;
each R14 and R17 is independently selected from the group consisting of: H, optionally-substituted CM 2 alkyl and N-protecting group; and
n is an integer selected from the group consisting of: 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 and 8; each p, q, r and s is an integer independently selected from the group consisting of: 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6, the process comprising:
(a) coupling a compound of Formula (Vll-b):
X3A(CR8R9)P [X4(CR1 0R1 1 )Q]R (CR1 2R1 3)S X5 R2
Formula (Vll-b)
X3A is selected from the group consisting of: OH, NH2 and N H R14;
X4 is selected from the group consisting of: a bond, O, NH, N R14, S, CR15R16;
X5 is selected from the group consisting of: a bond, O, NH, N R14, S, CR15R16, optionally-substituted CM2 alkyl, HN-(optionally-substituted CM2 alkyl)-, R14N- (optionally-substituted CM2 alkyl)-, O-(optionally-substituted CM2 alkyl)-, optionally- substituted C5-12 aryl, HN-(optionally-substituted C5-12 aryl)-, R14N-(optionally- substituted C5-12 aryl)-, O-(optionally-substituted C5-12 aryl)-, HN(CO)-(optionally- substituted C5-i2 aryl)-, R14N(CO)-(optionally-substituted C5-i 2 aryl)-, O(CO)- (optionally-substituted C5-12 aryl)-, (CO)NH-(optionally-substituted C5-12 aryl)-, (CO)R14N-(optionally-substituted C5-12 aryl)-, (CO)O-(optionally-substituted C5-12 aryl)-, optionally-substituted C2-12 heteroaryl, HN-(optionally-substituted C2-12 heteroaryl)-, R14N-(optionally-substituted C2-12 heteroaryl)-, O-(optionally-substituted C2-12 heteroaryl)-, optionally-substituted C2-12 heteroaryl, HN(CO)-(optionally-substituted C2- 12 heteroaryl)-, R14N(CO)-(optionally-substituted C2-12 heteroaryl)-, O(CO)-(optionally- substituted C2-12 heteroaryl)-, (CO)HN-(optionally-substituted C2-12 heteroaryl)-, (CO) R14N-(optionally-substituted C2-12 heteroaryl)- and (CO)O-(optionally-substituted C2-12 heteroaryl)-;
R2 is selected from the group consisting of: optionally substituted CM2 alkyl, optionally substituted C2-12 alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-12 alkynyl, optionally substituted C3- 2 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C3- 2 cycloalkenyl, NH R17, ONH R17,
NHNHR17, NHNRaRp, NH(CO)(optionally-substituted Ci-6 alkyl)ONHR17, NH(CO)(optionally-substituted d-e alkyl)NHR17, NH(CO)(optionally-substituted d-e alkyl)NHNHR17, NH(CO)(optionally-substituted Ci-6 alkyl)NHNRaRp, (CO)NH(optionally-substituted d-e alkyl)ONHR17, (CO)NH(optionally-substituted d-e alkyl)NH2, (CO)NH(optionally-substituted Ci-6 alkyl)NHNHR17, (CO)NH(optionally- substituted Ci-6 alkyl)NHNRaRp, (CO)NHNHR17, (CO)NHNRaRp, NH(CO)NHNHR17, NH(CO)NHNHR17, NHNH(CO)NHNHR17, NHNH(CO)NHNRaRp;
each Ra and Rp is independently selected from the group consisting of: H, OH, optionally-substituted d-12 alkyl, optionally-substituted C2-12 alkenyl, optionally- substituted C2-12 alkynyl, optionally-substituted C3-12 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted C3-12 cycloalkenyl, optionally-substituted Od-12 alkyl, optionally-substituted OC2-12 alkenyl, optionally-substituted OC2-12 alkynyl, optionally-substituted OC3-12 cycloalkyl and optionally-substituted OC3-12 cycloalkenyl; or Ra and Rp when combined together provide the group of Formula (l-a):
Formula (l-a)
wherein each of Rx and R5 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, optionally-substituted d-12 alkyl, optionally-substituted C2-12 alkenyl, optionally- substituted C2-12 alkynyl, optionally-substituted C3-12 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted C3-12 cycloalkenyl;
each R8, R9, R10, R11 , R12, R13, R15 and R16 is independently selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen, OH, halogen, optionally-substituted d-12 alkyl, optionally-substituted C2-12 alkenyl, optionally-substituted C2-12 alkynyl, optionally- substituted C3-12 cycloalkyl, optionally-substituted C3-12 cycloalkenyl, optionally- substituted Od-12 alkyl, optionally-substituted OC2-12 alkenyl, optionally-substituted OC2-12 alkynyl, optionally-substituted OC3- 2 cycloalkyl and optionally-substituted OC3. 12 cycloalkenyl;
each R14 and R17 is independently selected from the group consisting of: H, optionally-substituted d-12 alkyl and N-protecting group; and
each p, q, r and s is an integer independently selected from the group consisting of: 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6,
coupling reaction with a compound of Formula (VI)
Formula (VI) wherein
R1 and n are as defined above and LG is a leaving group; to provide the compound of Formula (V).
69. The process according to claim 68, wherein the compound of Formula (V) is further N-deprotected or N-dealkylated.
70. The process according to any one of claims 61 to 69, wherein LG is selected independently from the group consisting of:
halogen,
, and
71 . The process according to any one of claims 61 to 70, wherein the compound of Formula (VI) is selected from:
Applications Claiming Priority (4)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US201261655583P | 2012-06-05 | 2012-06-05 | |
US61/655,583 | 2012-06-05 | ||
US201261660136P | 2012-06-15 | 2012-06-15 | |
US61/660,136 | 2012-06-15 |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO2013181697A1 true WO2013181697A1 (en) | 2013-12-12 |
Family
ID=49711201
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/AU2013/000591 WO2013181697A1 (en) | 2012-06-05 | 2013-06-05 | Bicyclo[6.1.0]non-4-yne compounds suitable for use as linkers in biological applications |
Country Status (1)
Country | Link |
---|---|
WO (1) | WO2013181697A1 (en) |
Cited By (7)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN104744293A (en) * | 2013-12-31 | 2015-07-01 | 深圳先进技术研究院 | Choline analogue as well as preparation method and application thereof, dye-molecule-marked tetrazine probe as well as preparation method and application thereof |
WO2017001374A1 (en) * | 2015-06-30 | 2017-01-05 | Imec Vzw | Surface immobilization of an analyte-recognizing molecule |
KR20170008257A (en) * | 2014-12-19 | 2017-01-23 | 보에 테크놀로지 그룹 컴퍼니 리미티드 | Modified quantum dot and preparation method therefor, colorant, photosensitive resin composition, color filter and display device |
WO2017013004A1 (en) * | 2015-07-17 | 2017-01-26 | Orphidia Limited | Linker molecule for treating a substrate surface |
CZ307452B6 (en) * | 2016-11-03 | 2018-09-05 | Vysoká škola chemicko-technologická v Praze | Aminooxylipids for the construction of self-assembling liposomal systems enabling their subsequent modification by biologically functional molecules |
US10758623B2 (en) | 2013-12-09 | 2020-09-01 | Durect Corporation | Pharmaceutically active agent complexes, polymer complexes, and compositions and methods involving the same |
JP2022126716A (en) * | 2018-06-14 | 2022-08-30 | 持田製薬株式会社 | Novel crosslinked alginic acid |
Citations (8)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2011136645A1 (en) * | 2010-04-27 | 2011-11-03 | Stichting Katholieke Universiteit, More Particularly Radboud University Nijmegen | Fused cyclooctyne compounds and their use in metal-free click reactions |
EP2532639A1 (en) * | 2011-06-09 | 2012-12-12 | ModiQuest B.V. | Method for preparing a reactive coating |
WO2013036847A1 (en) * | 2011-09-07 | 2013-03-14 | Prolynx Llc | Hydrogels with biodegradable crosslinking |
WO2013036748A1 (en) * | 2011-09-09 | 2013-03-14 | Berry, Lana, L. | Bicyclo[6.1.0]non-4-yne reagents for chemical modification of oligonucleotides |
US20130137861A1 (en) * | 2011-11-30 | 2013-05-30 | Agilent Technologies, Inc. | Novel methods for the synthesis and purification of oligomers |
WO2013078562A2 (en) * | 2011-12-01 | 2013-06-06 | Angiochem Inc. | Targeted enzyme compounds and uses thereof |
WO2013082656A1 (en) * | 2011-12-06 | 2013-06-13 | The University Of Melbourne | Cage amine ligands for metallo-radiopharmaceuticals |
WO2013082655A1 (en) * | 2011-12-06 | 2013-06-13 | The University Of Melbourne | Functionalisation of cage amine ligands for metallo-radiopharmaceuticals |
-
2013
- 2013-06-05 WO PCT/AU2013/000591 patent/WO2013181697A1/en active Application Filing
Patent Citations (8)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2011136645A1 (en) * | 2010-04-27 | 2011-11-03 | Stichting Katholieke Universiteit, More Particularly Radboud University Nijmegen | Fused cyclooctyne compounds and their use in metal-free click reactions |
EP2532639A1 (en) * | 2011-06-09 | 2012-12-12 | ModiQuest B.V. | Method for preparing a reactive coating |
WO2013036847A1 (en) * | 2011-09-07 | 2013-03-14 | Prolynx Llc | Hydrogels with biodegradable crosslinking |
WO2013036748A1 (en) * | 2011-09-09 | 2013-03-14 | Berry, Lana, L. | Bicyclo[6.1.0]non-4-yne reagents for chemical modification of oligonucleotides |
US20130137861A1 (en) * | 2011-11-30 | 2013-05-30 | Agilent Technologies, Inc. | Novel methods for the synthesis and purification of oligomers |
WO2013078562A2 (en) * | 2011-12-01 | 2013-06-06 | Angiochem Inc. | Targeted enzyme compounds and uses thereof |
WO2013082656A1 (en) * | 2011-12-06 | 2013-06-13 | The University Of Melbourne | Cage amine ligands for metallo-radiopharmaceuticals |
WO2013082655A1 (en) * | 2011-12-06 | 2013-06-13 | The University Of Melbourne | Functionalisation of cage amine ligands for metallo-radiopharmaceuticals |
Non-Patent Citations (7)
Cited By (15)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US11529420B2 (en) | 2013-12-09 | 2022-12-20 | Durect Corporation | Pharmaceutically active agent complexes, polymer complexes, and compositions and methods involving the same |
US10758623B2 (en) | 2013-12-09 | 2020-09-01 | Durect Corporation | Pharmaceutically active agent complexes, polymer complexes, and compositions and methods involving the same |
CN104744293A (en) * | 2013-12-31 | 2015-07-01 | 深圳先进技术研究院 | Choline analogue as well as preparation method and application thereof, dye-molecule-marked tetrazine probe as well as preparation method and application thereof |
KR101886948B1 (en) | 2014-12-19 | 2018-08-08 | 보에 테크놀로지 그룹 컴퍼니 리미티드 | Modified quantum dot and preparation method therefor, colorant, photosensitive resin composition, color filter and display device |
KR20170008257A (en) * | 2014-12-19 | 2017-01-23 | 보에 테크놀로지 그룹 컴퍼니 리미티드 | Modified quantum dot and preparation method therefor, colorant, photosensitive resin composition, color filter and display device |
EP3235893A4 (en) * | 2014-12-19 | 2018-07-25 | Boe Technology Group Co. Ltd. | Modified quantum dot and preparation method therefor, colorant, photosensitive resin composition, color filter and display device |
US10746731B2 (en) | 2015-06-30 | 2020-08-18 | Imec Vzw | Surface immobilization of an analyte-recognizing molecule |
AU2016287197B2 (en) * | 2015-06-30 | 2020-07-09 | Imec Vzw | Surface immobilization of an analyte-recognizing molecule |
WO2017001374A1 (en) * | 2015-06-30 | 2017-01-05 | Imec Vzw | Surface immobilization of an analyte-recognizing molecule |
CN108369229A (en) * | 2015-07-17 | 2018-08-03 | 奥菲迪亚有限公司 | Connection molecule for handling substrate surface |
WO2017013004A1 (en) * | 2015-07-17 | 2017-01-26 | Orphidia Limited | Linker molecule for treating a substrate surface |
CZ307452B6 (en) * | 2016-11-03 | 2018-09-05 | Vysoká škola chemicko-technologická v Praze | Aminooxylipids for the construction of self-assembling liposomal systems enabling their subsequent modification by biologically functional molecules |
JP2022126716A (en) * | 2018-06-14 | 2022-08-30 | 持田製薬株式会社 | Novel crosslinked alginic acid |
JP7350940B2 (en) | 2018-06-14 | 2023-09-26 | 持田製薬株式会社 | Novel cross-linked alginic acid |
US11932708B2 (en) | 2018-06-14 | 2024-03-19 | Mochida Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. | Crosslinked alginic acid |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
WO2013181697A1 (en) | Bicyclo[6.1.0]non-4-yne compounds suitable for use as linkers in biological applications | |
EP2981590B1 (en) | Lanthanide complexes comprising at least two betaine groups, which can be used as luminescent markers | |
Kudirka et al. | Generating site-specifically modified proteins via a versatile and stable nucleophilic carbon ligation | |
ES2758506T3 (en) | Cytotoxic peptides and conjugates of these | |
JP2020143098A (en) | Compounds with self-immolative groups | |
JP6223824B2 (en) | Prodrugs containing novel self-reactive arms and the like | |
TWI790996B (en) | Process for the preparation of pegylated drug-linkers and intermediates thereof | |
WO2017178882A1 (en) | Aie nanoparticle conjugates and methods therefor | |
EP2361098A2 (en) | Compositions and methods for delivering a substance to a biological target | |
TW201825121A (en) | Inhibitor-functionalized ultrasmall nanoparticles and methods thereof | |
FR2963007A1 (en) | ANTICANCER DERIVATIVES, THEIR PREPARATION AND THEIR THERAPEUTIC APPLICATION | |
Sato et al. | Effect of charge localization on the in vivo optical imaging properties of near-infrared cyanine dye/monoclonal antibody conjugates | |
FR2940654A1 (en) | HYDROPHILIC FLURORESCENT COMPOUNDS BASED ON DIPYRROMETHENES-BORE | |
WO2017027721A1 (en) | Near-ir light-cleavable conjugates and conjugate precursors | |
CN115135628A (en) | Compounds for fast and efficient click release | |
Voliani et al. | Peptidic coating for gold nanospheres multifunctionalizable with photostable and photolabile moieties | |
WO2008145609A1 (en) | Method of making covalent conjugates with his-tagged proteins | |
Wang et al. | A reduction-responsive liposomal nanocarrier with self-reporting ability for efficient gene delivery | |
JP5557229B2 (en) | Photodegradable heterobivalent crosslinking agent | |
CN114981384B (en) | Luminescent amphiphilic polymer nanoparticles | |
JP5736367B2 (en) | Metal salen complex derivative and method for producing the same | |
WO2008005942A2 (en) | Activatable probes and methods of use | |
US10927221B2 (en) | Dendrimeric metallacrowns | |
CN113365969A (en) | Linker containing phthalaldehyde and use thereof for preparing antibody-drug conjugates | |
EP2903973B1 (en) | New azides, methods for producing same and applications thereof |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 13799921 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase |
Ref document number: 13799921 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |